[Top][All Lists]

[Date Prev][Date Next][Thread Prev][Thread Next][Date Index][Thread Index]

[Emacs-diffs] Changes to emacs/etc/NEWS [gnus-5_10-branch]

From: Reiner Steib
Subject: [Emacs-diffs] Changes to emacs/etc/NEWS [gnus-5_10-branch]
Date: Thu, 05 Aug 2004 15:22:23 -0400

Index: emacs/etc/NEWS
diff -c /dev/null emacs/etc/NEWS:1.1003.2.1
*** /dev/null   Thu Aug  5 19:18:15 2004
--- emacs/etc/NEWS      Thu Aug  5 19:18:14 2004
*** 0 ****
--- 1,13092 ----
+ GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  2003-05-21
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, 
+ See the end for copying conditions.
+ Please send Emacs bug reports to address@hidden
+ For older news, see the file ONEWS
+ You can narrow news to the specific version by calling
+ `view-emacs-news' with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.
+ Temporary note:
+  +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
+  --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
+ When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
+ so we will look at it and add it to the manual.
+ * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.4
+ ** Emacs includes now support for loading image libraries on demand.
+ (Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.)  You can configure
+ the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by
+ setting the variable `image-library-alist'.
+ ---
+ ** A Bulgarian translation of the Emacs Tutorial is available.
+ ** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
+ when you run configure.  This requires Gtk+ 2.0 or newer.  This port
+ provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats).
+ ---
+ ** Emacs can now be built without sound support.
+ ** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with elisp code.
+ ---
+ ** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
+ `--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
+ installed programs.
+ ---
+ ** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
+ scores.  The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
+ place for game scores to be stored.  This may be controlled by the
+ configure option `--with-game-dir'.  The specific user that Emacs uses
+ to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'.  If access
+ to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
+ in each user's home directory.
+ ---
+ ** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+ You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
+ Emacs with Leim.
+ +++
+ ** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.
+ The ELisp reference manual in Info format is built as part of the
+ Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
+ Manual.  A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy
+ accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).
+ ---
+ ** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
+ the distribution.
+ This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
+ together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory.  A menu
+ item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible
+ (Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
+ ** Support for Cygwin was added.
+ ---
+ ** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.
+ ---
+ ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.
+ ---
+ ** Support for MacOS X was added.
+ See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
+ ---
+ ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.
+ ---
+ ** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.
+ ---
+ ** A French translation of the Emacs Tutorial is available.
+ ** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union
+ types any more.  Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types.
+ * Changes in Emacs 21.4
+ +++
+ ** There are now two new regular expression operators, \_< and \_>,
+ for matching the beginning and end of a symbol.  A symbol is a
+ non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as
+ specified by the syntax table.
+ ** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows.
+ You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any
+ existing values.  For example:
+   emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20"
+ will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background,
+ irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry.
+ ** New features in evaluation commands
+ +++
+ *** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes
+ the face to the value specified in the defface expression.
+ *** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result
+ in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified
+ by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'.  The same
+ function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:),
+ `eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions.
+ ** New input method chinese-sisheng for inputting Chinese Pinyin
+ characters.
+ ** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type
+ in the current input method to input a character at point.
+ ** Convenient commands to switch buffers in a cyclic order are C-x <left>
+ (prev-buffer) and C-x <right> (next-buffer).
+ ** Commands winner-redo and winner-undo, from winner.el, are now bound to
+ C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively.  This is an incompatible change.
+ ** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function
+ arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it.  To change the
+ default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function
+ `help-default-arg-highlight'.
+ ---
+ ** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user
+ option `comint-prompt-read-only'.  This is not enabled by default,
+ except in IELM buffers.  The read-only status of IELM prompts can be
+ controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which
+ overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'.
+ The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region'
+ support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts.
+ `comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both
+ read-only and field properties.  Hence, it always kill entire
+ lines, including any prompts.
+ `comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores
+ read-only properties, if it is safe to do so.  This means that if any
+ part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted
+ and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line.  If this is
+ not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like
+ `kill-region' if read-only are involved: it copies the text to the
+ kill-ring, but does not delete it.
+ ** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to
+ the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur.
+ ** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet.
+ +++
+ ** New command line option -Q.
+ This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables
+ the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, the blinking
+ cursor, and the fancy startup screen.
+ ** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for
+ variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available).
+ ** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation
+ before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is
+ supplied.  This behavior is analogous to `write-file'.
+ ** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file.
+ If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert
+ mode keeps it at the end after reverting.  Similarly if point is
+ displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at
+ the end of the buffer in that window.  This allows to tail a file:
+ just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there.  This
+ rule applies to file buffers.  For non-file buffers, the behavior may
+ be mode dependent.
+ ** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and
+ other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to
+ revert.  This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled
+ and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil.  Auto Revert
+ mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil
+ `revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which
+ decides whether the buffer should be reverted.  Currently, this means
+ that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not
+ work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu.
+ ** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto
+ Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version
+ control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in
+ which it is active.  If the option is nil, the default, then this info
+ only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted.
+ ** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file
+ buffers only in the Buffer Menu.  It is bound to `T' in Buffer Menu
+ mode.
+ ** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable
+ Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized.  Messages that are
+ recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of
+ red.  Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error'
+ (controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold').
+ Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes.
+ This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files.
+ This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted.
+ The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable.  If
+ you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a
+ leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line.  There is now also a
+ `compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks
+ that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are.
+ The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message.
+ ** M-x grep has been adapted to new compile
+ Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange.  Grep buffers
+ can be saved and automatically revisited with the new Grep mode.
+ ** M-x diff uses diff-mode instead of compilation-mode.
+ ** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to
+ resync points in both windows.
+ ** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
+ This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind
+ the stroke directly to a string to insert.  This is convenient for
+ using strokes as an input method.
+ ** Gnus package
+ *** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG
+ Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts.  PGG is a library to handle
+ *** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements.
+ See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details.
+ +++
+ ** Desktop package
+ *** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, desktop-save-mode. Variable
+ desktop-enable is obsolete. Customize desktop-save-mode to enable desktop
+ saving.
+ *** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the
+ buffer list.
+ *** New commands:
+   - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop.
+   - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new.
+   - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which
+     it was loaded.
+ *** New customizable variables:
+   - desktop-save. Determins whether the desktop should be saved when it is
+     killed.
+   - desktop-file-name-format.
+   - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file.
+   - desktop-locals-to-save.
+   - desktop-globals-to-clear.
+   - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp.
+ *** New command line option --no-desktop
+ *** New hooks:
+   - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded.
+   - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found.
+ ---
+ ** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files.
+ When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer
+ include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist.
+ Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil
+ to get the old behavior.  The new options `save-place-save-skipped'
+ and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this
+ feature.
+ ** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine.
+       % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start &
+       % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start &
+       % emacsclient -s foo file1
+       % emacsclient -s bar file2
+ ** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window
+ (not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into
+ two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line).
+ Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the
+ cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline.
+ The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' may be set to nil to
+ revert to the old behaviour of continuing such lines.
+ ** The buffer boundaries (i.e. first and last line in the buffer) may
+ now be marked with angle bitmaps in the fringes.  In addition, up and
+ down arrow bitmaps may be shown at the top and bottom of the left or
+ right fringe if the window can be scrolled in either direction.
+ This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
+ `indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value.  The default value of
+ this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.
+ If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are
+ displayed in the left or right fringe, resp.  Any other non-nil value
+ causes the bitmap on the top line to be displayed in the left fringe,
+ and the bitmap on the bottom line in the right fringe.
+ If value is a cons (ANGLES . ARROWS), the car specifies the position
+ of the angle bitmaps, and the cdr specifies the position of the arrow
+ bitmaps.
+ For example, (t .  right) places the top angle bitmap in left fringe,
+ the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both arrow bitmaps in
+ right fringe.  To show just the angle bitmaps in the left fringe, but
+ no arrow bitmaps, use (left . nil).
+ ** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point
+ in the echo area.  It is bound to `C-h .'.  It normally displays the
+ same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the
+ `help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more
+ keyboard oriented alternative.
+ ** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to
+ automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on
+ point-over, after suitable idle time.  The amount of idle time is
+ determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults
+ to one second.  This feature is turned off by default.
+ ** New commands `scan-buf-next-region' and `scan-buf-previous-region'
+ move to the start of the next (previous, respectively) region with
+ non-nil help-echo property and display any help found there in the
+ echo area, using `display-local-help'.
+ +++
+ ** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is
+ preceded or followed by the word `face'.  It no longer makes
+ hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless
+ preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'.  It now makes
+ hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is
+ enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info
+ anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node').
+ ** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled.
+ On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455).
+ +++
+ ** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function,
+ now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is
+ an interactively callable function.
+ ** sql changes.
+ *** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlightng of different
+ SQL dialects.  This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a
+ buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current
+ session using the new SQL->Product submenu.  (This menu replaces the
+ SQL->Highlighting submenu.)
+ The following values are supported:
+     ansi      ANSI Standard (default)
+     db2               DB2
+     informix    Informix
+     ingres      Ingres
+     interbase Interbase
+     linter    Linter
+     ms                Microsoft
+     mysql     MySQL
+     oracle    Oracle
+     postgres  Postgres
+     solid       Solid
+     sqlite      SQLite
+     sybase      Sybase
+ The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the
+ SQL mode indicator.
+ The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in
+ your .emacs will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use
+ `sql-product' to accomplish this.
+ ANSI keywords are always highlighted.
+ *** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add
+ font-lock rules to the product specific rules.  For example, to have
+ all identifiers ending in "_t" under MS SQLServer treated as a type,
+ you would use the following line in your .emacs file:
+   (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
+              '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face)))
+ *** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i.  Most
+ SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented.  SQL*Plus commands are
+ highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'.
+ *** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved.
+ Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented.
+ sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because
+ osql flushes its error stream more frequently.  Thus error messages
+ are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is
+ terminated.
+ If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is
+ called with the -E command line argument to use the operating system
+ credentials to authenticate the user.
+ *** Postgres support is enhanced.
+ Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented.  Prompting for
+ the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added.
+ *** MySQL support is enhanced.
+ Keyword higlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented.
+ *** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes,
+ packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and
+ defaults.
+ *** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the
+ appropriate sql-interactive-mode wrapper for the current setting of
+ `sql-product'.
+ ** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering
+ with special modes such as Tar mode.
+ ** Enhancements to apropos commands:
+ *** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match.
+ When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must
+ be present for an item to match.  Regular expression matching is still
+ available.
+ *** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items
+ to be sorted according to their score.  The score for an item is a
+ number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or
+ regular expression that you entered to the apropos command.  The best
+ match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each
+ matching item.
+ +++
+ ** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted,
+ since there are situations where one or the other will shut down
+ the operating system or your X server.
+ ** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer.
+ When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible.  When disabled, it
+ restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
+ ** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once.
+ By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>.
+ ** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters:
+ `insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'.
+ ** A prefix argument of C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-printifies the
+ list starting after point.
+ ** Dired mode:
+ *** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged,
+ dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning
+ introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces.
+ *** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files
+ with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
+ +++
+ *** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps
+ of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer.
+ +++
+ *** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
+ control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
+ by whitespace.  This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
+ too.  If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
+ doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
+ special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
+ +++
+ *** Dired's v command now runs external viewers to view certain
+ types of files.  The variable `dired-view-command-alist' controls
+ what external viewers to use and when.
+ *** In Dired, the w command now copies the current line's file name
+ into the kill ring.  With a zero prefix arg, copies absolute file names.
+ +++
+ ** Dired-x:
+ *** Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode. The mode toggling
+ command is bound to M-o. A new command dired-mark-omitted, bound to M-O,
+ marks omitted files. The variable dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the
+ mode toggling function instead.
+ ** Info mode:
+ *** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer
+ with the number appended to the *info* buffer name.
+ *** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes.
+ *** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents
+ from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file.
+ *** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known
+ Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the
+ possible matches.
+ *** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies
+ the current Info node name into the kill ring.  With a zero prefix
+ arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call.
+ *** New command `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S).
+ *** New command `Info-search-next' (unbound) repeats the last search
+ without prompting for a new search string.
+ *** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited
+ and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this.
+ *** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross
+ references and following them calls `browse-url'.
+ +++
+ *** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default.
+ If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option
+ `Info-hide-note-references' to nil.
+ *** Images in Info pages are supported.
+ Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support.
+ Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo
+ version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images.
+ +++
+ *** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil.
+ ---
+ *** Info-index offers completion.
+ ** Support for the SQLite interpreter has been added to sql.el by calling
+ 'sql-sqlite'.
+ ** BibTeX mode:
+ *** The new command bibtex-entry-update (bound to C-c C-u) updates
+ an existing BibTeX entry.
+ *** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default.
+ *** bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries can take values `plain',
+ `crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used
+ for BibTeX entries. `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting
+ scheme `entry-class'. TAB completion for reference keys and
+ automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that
+ bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil.
+ *** If the new variable bibtex-parse-keys-fast is non-nil,
+ use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys.
+ *** If the new variable bibtex-autoadd-commas is non-nil,
+ automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields.
+ *** The new variable bibtex-autofill-types contains a list of entry
+ types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible).
+ *** The new command bibtex-complete completes word fragment before
+ point according to context (bound to M-tab).
+ *** The new commands bibtex-find-entry and bibtex-find-crossref
+ locate entries and crossref'd entries.
+ *** In BibTeX mode the command fill-paragraph (bound to M-q) fills
+ individual fields of a BibTeX entry.
+ ** When display margins are present in a window, the fringes are now
+ displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than
+ at the edges of the window.
+ ** A window may now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings,
+ in addition to the individual display margin settings.
+ Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split
+ horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored,
+ or when the frame is resized.
+ ** New functions frame-current-scroll-bars and window-current-scroll-bars.
+ These functions return the current locations of the vertical and
+ horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window.
+ ---
+ ** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X.  Dropping a file on a window
+    opens it, dropping text inserts the text.  Dropping a file on a dired
+    buffer copies or moves the file to that directory.
+ ** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default.
+ ** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which may
+ speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server.
+ If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of
+ XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on.
+ ** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo.
+ ** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer
+ `file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'.
+ ** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold',
+ Emacs prompts her for confirmation.
+ ** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'.
+ ** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior
+ and other common debugger commands.
+ ** recentf changes.
+ The recent file list is now automatically cleanup when recentf mode is
+ enabled.  The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do
+ automatic cleanup.
+ With the more advanced option: `recentf-filename-handler', you can
+ specify a function that transforms filenames handled by recentf.  For
+ example, if set to `file-truename', the same file will not be in the
+ recent list with different symbolic links.
+ To follow naming convention, `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-flag'
+ and `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag' respectively replace the
+ misnamed options `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p' and
+ `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'.  The old names remain available as
+ aliases, but have been marked obsolete.
+ ** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
+ from the locale.
+ ** Init file changes
+ You can now put the init files .emacs and .emacs_SHELL under
+ ~/.emacs.d or directly under ~.  Emacs will find them in either place.
+ ** partial-completion-mode now does partial completion on directory names.
+ ** skeleton.el now supports using - to mark the skeleton-point without
+    interregion interaction.  @ has reverted to only setting
+    skeleton-positions and no longer sets skeleton-point.  Skeletons
+    which used @ to mark skeleton-point independent of _ should now use -
+    instead.  The updated skeleton-insert docstring explains these new
+    features along with other details of skeleton construction.
+ ** MH-E changes.
+ Upgraded to MH-E version 7.4.4. There have been major changes since
+ version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.
+ +++
+ ** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
+ `--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given elisp
+ expression and to use the given display when visiting files.
+ ** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.
+ +++
+ ** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
+ When the file is maintained under version control, that information
+ appears between the position information and the major mode.
+ ** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
+ against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.
+ +++
+ ** You can now customize the use of window fringes.  To control this
+ for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
+ top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable.  To
+ control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
+ set-fringe-style.
+ +++
+ ** There is a new user option `mail-default-directory' that allows you
+ to specify the value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.  This
+ directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.  It defaults to
+ "~/".
+ +++
+ ** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
+ read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too.  Type C-x C-q if you
+ want to make the buffer writable.  (As root, you can in fact alter the
+ file.)
+ ** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
+ revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.
+ ** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name
+ of a file.
+ ---
+ ** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.
+ Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
+ ps-print, provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF fonts.
+ See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.
+ ---
+ ** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
+ `buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
+ in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.
+ `buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
+ leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
+ If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are
+ shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil.  The value of nil
+ and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.
+ `buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
+ the modified and read-only status of the buffers.  By default it is
+ t, and the status is shown.
+ Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
+ the Buffers menu is regenerated.
+ +++
+ ** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
+ now look at the character after point.  If a face or faces are
+ specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
+ faces.
+ ** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Tajik,
+ Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6,
+ Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian,
+ Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW.  (Set up
+ automatically according to the locale.)
+ ** Indian support has been updated.
+ The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based.  CDAC fonts are
+ assumed.  There is a framework for supporting various
+ Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are
+ supported.
+ ---
+ ** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
+ ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer,
+ vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard,
+ latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml,
+ bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript,
+ tamil-inscript.
+ ---
+ ** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
+ in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
+ Big 5 is then converted to CNS.
+ ---
+ ** Many new coding systems are available by loading the `code-pages'
+ library.  These include complete versions of most of those in
+ codepage.el, based on Unicode mappings.  `codepage-setup' is now
+ obsolete and is used only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs.  windows-1252
+ and windows-1251 are preloaded since the former is so common and the
+ latter is used by GNU locales.
+ ** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced.
+ By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into
+ single quasi-characters.  User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is
+ turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character
+ sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS
+ system.  As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not
+ interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil.
+ You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables
+ `ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'.  The utf-8
+ coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's
+ one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.
+ The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly.
+ ** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
+ characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system.  Just specify the
+ fontset appropriately.
+ ** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
+ unicode.
+ +++
+ ** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
+ Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
+ the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
+ Unicode mappings.  This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
+ sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended.  For instance,
+ translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
+ mule-unicode-... ones.
+ By default this translation happens automatically on encoding.
+ Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
+ with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
+ possible.
+ You can force a more complete unification with the user option
+ unify-8859-on-decoding-mode.  That maps all the Latin-N character sets
+ into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
+ mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding.  Note that this mode
+ will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.
+ ** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
+ either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
+ when possible.  The latter are more space-efficient.  This is
+ controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.
+ ** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
+ coding system for encoding and decoding file names.  A new menu item
+ (Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
+ command.
+ ---
+ ** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
+ On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
+ amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).
+ ---
+ ** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can
+ be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+ and W32).
+ ---
+ ** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and Lesstif/Motif pops down when pressing ESC.
+ +++
+ ** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, W32 and Motif/Lesstif can be
+ disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'.
+ +++
+ ** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
+ The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
+ default-frame-alist.  It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
+ cursor does.
+ +++
+ ** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
+ now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.
+ ** Filesets are collections of files.  You can define a fileset in
+ various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
+ program files that include other program files.
+ Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
+ all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
+ in them.
+ ---
+ ** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
+ when Emacs visits them.
+ ---
+ ** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.
+ `mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits.  By
+ default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
+ automatically.  The game uses faces for better visual feedback.
+ ** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs
+ requests X selection.  The default value is nil, which means that
+ Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING,
+ and use the more appropriately result.
+ +++
+ ** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
+ The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
+ the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
+ will horizontally scroll the window.  The default value is 5.
+ The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
+ hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the
+ window edge.  If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
+ window so as to center point.  If its value is an integer, it says how
+ many columns to scroll.  If the value is a floating-point number, it
+ gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.
+ The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
+ `auto-hscroll-mode'.  The old name is still available as an alias.
+ ** TeX modes:
+ *** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default.
+ +++
+ *** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
+ by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
+ command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should 
+ TeX commands to use at startup.
+ *** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock
+ and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts.
+ *** New major mode doctex-mode for *.dtx files.
+ +++
+ ** New display feature: focus follows the mouse from one Emacs window
+ to another, even within a frame.  If you set the variable
+ mouse-autoselect-window to non-nil value, moving the mouse to a
+ different Emacs window will select that window (minibuffer window can
+ be selected only when it is active).  The default is nil, so that this
+ feature is not enabled.
+ ** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to
+ select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position
+ normally changes according to the mouse click position.  If you set
+ the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected
+ window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame
+ to give it focus.
+ +++
+ ** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
+ description various information about a character, including its
+ encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and
+ widgets at point.  You can get more information about some of them, by
+ clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.
+ +++
+ ** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
+ search multiple buffers.  There is also a new command
+ `multi-occur-by-filename-regexp' which allows you to specify the
+ buffers to search by their filename.  Internally, Occur mode has been
+ rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other changes.
+ ** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
+ been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
+ in Indented-Text mode.
+ ** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil,
+ `query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
+ a match if part of it has a read-only property.
+ ** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and
+ `replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string,
+ where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement
+ time.  In many cases, this will be more convenient than using
+ `query-replace-regexp-eval'.  `\#' in a replacement string now refers
+ to the count of replacements already made by the replacement command.
+ All regular expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the
+ replacement string to specify a position where the replacement string
+ can be edited for each replacement.
+ +++
+ ** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
+ is over the text.  By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
+ can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
+ mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key.  You can
+ also disable mouse highlighting.
+ ** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse
+ shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new
+ variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil.
+ +++
+ ** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that
+ an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment,
+ font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red
+ if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause
+ trouble with fontification and/or indentation.
+ +++
+ ** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
+ Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
+ variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
+ prompt string.
+ +++
+ ** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
+ of non-selected windows.  The `mode-line' face is now used to display
+ the mode line of the currently selected window.
+ The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
+ the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.
+ ---
+ ** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
+ This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
+ as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
+ You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
+ it off completely.  There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
+ current date and time, current line and column number in the
+ mode-line.
+ ---
+ ** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".
+ +++
+ ** Emacs can now indicate in the mode-line the presence of new e-mail
+ in a directory or in a file.  See the documentation of the user option
+ `display-time-mail-directory'.
+ ---
+ ** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
+ +++
+ ** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
+ M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
+ argument it toggles the mode.
+ Turning off PC-Selection mode restores the global key bindings
+ that were replaced by turning on the mode.
+ +++
+ ** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
+ arguments were given.  The new command-line option --no-splash
+ disables the splash screen; see also the variable
+ `inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as
+ `inhibit-splash-screen').
+ ** Changes in support of colors on character terminals
+ +++
+ *** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
+ mode for a tty color support.  It is meant to be used on character
+ terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
+ database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
+ set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
+ terminal.  "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
+ when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
+ in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well.  See the
+ user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.
+ ---
+ *** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
+ than 8 colors.  For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
+ 256-color modes are supported.  Emacs automatically notes at startup
+ the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
+ all of these colors.
+ +++
+ *** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default
+ faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and
+ 256-color xterms.  This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an
+ 88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face
+ colors as on X.
+ ---
+ *** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
+ +++
+ ** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
+ When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
+ `--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
+ whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
+ screen size.  (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)
+ ---
+ ** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
+ automatically.
+ +++
+ ** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
+ modes (shell-mode etc) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
+ like bash's `ESC .' binding.  It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
+ otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.
+ +++
+ ** Changes in C-h bindings:
+ C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.
+ C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
+     that do not change:
+ C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
+ C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.
+ The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
+ have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
+ C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.
+ - C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
+   run by the key sequence.
+ - C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
+   command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
+   that command.
+ For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
+ to new-kill-line, these commands now report:
+ - C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
+   C-k runs the command new-kill-line
+ - C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
+   kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>
+ - C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
+   new-kill-line is on C-k
+ +++
+ ** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
+ making the decision in a heuristic way.  This new job is done by the
+ command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'.  To restore the old behavior,
+ bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.
+ +++
+ ** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode.
+ Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e'
+ and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer.
+ +++
+ ** M-% and C-M-% typed in isearch mode invoke `query-replace' and
+ `query-replace-regexp' with the current search string inserted
+ in the minibuffer as initial input for the string to replace.
+ +++
+ ** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
+ be inconvenient when you did not expect them.  The variable
+ `yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones.  Insertion
+ of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.
+ +++
+ ** Occur, Info, and comint-derived modes now support using
+ M-x font-lock-mode to toggle fontification.  The variable
+ `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable fontification,
+ remove `turn-on-font-lock' from `Info-mode-hook'.
+ +++
+ ** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
+ by using GNU grep `-H' option instead.  M-x grep automatically
+ detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
+ When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
+ unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
+ command lines to be used than was possible before.
+ ---
+ ** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
+ In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
+ check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
+ for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
+ sense for the attribute.  When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
+ its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
+ case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.
+ +++
+ ** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
+ the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
+ You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
+ under the "[State]" button.
+ ** The new customization type `float' specifies numbers with floating
+ point (no integers are allowed).
+ +++
+ ** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
+ counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).
+ ---
+ ** GUD mode improvements for jdb:
+ *** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class
+     information. Fast startup since there is no need to scan all
+     source files up front. There is also no need to create and maintain
+     lists of source directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
+     and `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.
+ *** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
+     set/clear operations from java source files under the classpath, stack
+     traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
+     (gud-finish).
+ *** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
+     (Java 1.1 jdb).
+ *** The previous method of searching for source files has been
+     preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
+     Set gud-jdb-use-classpath to nil.
+   Added Customization Variables
+ *** gud-jdb-command-name.  What command line to use to invoke jdb.
+ *** gud-jdb-use-classpath. Allows selection of java source file searching
+     method: set to t for new method, nil to scan gud-jdb-directories for
+     java sources (previous method).
+ *** gud-jdb-directories. List of directories to scan and search for java
+     classes using the original gud-jdb method (if gud-jdb-use-classpath
+     is nil).
+   Minor Improvements
+ *** The STARTTLS elisp wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS
+ instead of the OpenSSL based "starttls" tool.  For backwards
+ compatibility, it prefers "starttls", but you can toggle
+ `starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the
+ "starttls" tool).
+ *** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.
+ +++
+ ** hide-ifdef-mode now uses overlays rather than selective-display
+ to hide its text.  This should be mostly transparent but slightly
+ changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p.
+ +++
+ ** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
+ the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
+ Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
+ is only rarely needed.
+ ---
+ ** JIT-lock changes
+ *** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.
+ If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
+ idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification.  For
+ example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
+ only happen after 0.25s of idle time.
+ *** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification.
+ jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and
+ jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual
+ refontification takes place.
+ +++
+ ** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times.  If
+ you hit M-C-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h (mark-paragraph), or
+ C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region extends each time, so
+ you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC M-C-SPC, for example.
+ This feature also works for mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to
+ a key.
+ +++
+ ** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
+ mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
+ region.  Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
+ want to get this behavior from a particular command.  There are two
+ ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
+ command only.
+ One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
+ and sets the mark at point.  The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
+ This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
+ mark or the region.
+ After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
+ deactivate the mark.  That typically happens when you type a command
+ that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
+ C-g.
+ +++
+ ** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
+ previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the
+ mark ring.  Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.
+ +++
+ ** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
+ C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
+ switching to it.
+ +++
+ ** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
+ all frames you create.  A position specified with --geometry only
+ affects the initial frame.
+ +++
+ ** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
+ With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
+ if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
+ paragraphs.
+ +++
+ ** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
+ have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
+ directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
+ directory listing into a buffer.
+ ---
+ ** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
+ (rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.
+ ** Unexpected yanking of text due to accidental clicking on the mouse
+ wheel button (typically mouse-2) during wheel scrolling is now avoided.
+ This behaviour can be customized via the mouse-wheel-click-event and
+ mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.
+ +++
+ ** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
+ current locale settings if you are not using a window system.  This
+ may mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
+ characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
+ emulator) works.  Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
+ keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
+ or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
+ by the keyboard.  See Info node `Single-Byte Character Support'.
+ +++
+ ** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
+ automatically at startup, if it exists.  When Emacs offers to save
+ modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed.  It
+ can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
+ according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
+ +++
+ ** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
+ of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
+ appears in.
+ ** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
+ of the recognized cursor types.
+ ---
+ ** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
+ controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
+ attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).
+ +++
+ ** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
+ Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
+ `diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK,
+ which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
+ how to highlight the day in the calendar display.  Specifying a
+ single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the
+ day in the calendar.  Specifying a face highlights the day with that
+ face.  This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
+ appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.
+ +++
+ ** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a
+ year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers
+ count backward from the end of the year.
+ ** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line.
+ This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag'
+ and `diary-header-line-format'.
+ +++
+ ** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed: use
+ the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable
+ `appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing
+ appt-issue-message, appt-visible, and appt-msg-window.
+ ** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus',
+ and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries
+ from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages.  The variable
+ `diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional
+ formats.
+ ** VC Changes
+ *** The key C-x C-q no longer checks files in or out, it only changes
+ the read-only state of the buffer (toggle-read-only).  We made this
+ change because we held a poll and found that many users were unhappy
+ with the previous behavior.  If you do prefer this behavior, you
+ can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your .emacs:
+     (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)
+ The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.
+ +++
+ *** There is a new user option `vc-cvs-global-switches' that allows
+ you to specify switches that are passed to any CVS command invoked
+ by VC.  These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which
+ means they are inserted before the command name.  For example, this
+ allows you to specify a compression level using the "-z#" option for
+ CVS.
+ *** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS.
+ ** EDiff changes.
+ +++
+ ***  When comparing directories.
+ Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
+ directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
+ from one directory to another.
+ +++
+ *** When comparing files or buffers.
+ Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
+ currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n'
+ then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
+ comparison.
+ *** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
+ backup using `ediff'.  If you specify the name of a backup file,
+ `ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.
+ +++
+ ** Etags changes.
+ *** New regular expressions features
+ **** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.
+ The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
+ only for backward compatibility.  The new equivalent syntax is
+ --regex=/regex/i.  More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
+ where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
+ more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
+ (single-line).  The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
+ expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
+ (which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines.  The ability to
+ span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
+ and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.
+ **** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in Gcc.
+ The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
+ respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
+ CR, TAB, VT,
+ **** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.
+ The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
+ only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise.  This is
+ particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.
+ **** Regular expressions can be read from a file.
+ The address@hidden option means read the regexps from a file, one
+ per line.  Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.
+ *** New language parsing features
+ **** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.
+ Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.
+ **** In Perl, packages are tags.
+ Subroutine tags are named from their package.  You can jump to sub tags
+ as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
+ package::sub.
+ **** New language PHP.
+ Tags are functions, classes and defines.
+ If the --members option is specified to etags, tags are vars also.
+ **** New language HTML.
+ Title and h1, h2, h3 are tagged.  Also, tags are generated when name= is
+ used inside an anchor and whenever id= is used.
+ **** New default keywords for TeX.
+ The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
+ renewenvironment.
+ **** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.
+ If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
+ size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.
+ **** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.
+ *** Honour #line directives.
+ When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
+ directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
+ specified in those directives.  This is useful when dealing with code
+ created from Cweb source files.  When Etags tags the generated file, it
+ writes tags pointing to the source file.
+ *** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.
+ This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs.  It can
+ be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line.  Etags
+ reads from standard input and mark the produced tags as belonging to
+ the file FILE.
+ +++
+ ** CC Mode changes.
+ *** Font lock support.
+ CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages.  This
+ supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock
+ package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C.  Like indentation, font
+ locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new
+ AWK mode - see below).  That means that the new font locking will be
+ different from the old patterns in various details for most languages.
+ The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a
+ dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs.  Some, like
+ strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
+ declarations and types can be very tricky.  CC Mode can go to great
+ lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
+ the types aren't recognized by standard patterns.  This is a fairly
+ demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
+ therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
+ variable font-lock-maximum-decoration.
+ Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy
+ fontification in mind, i.e.  there should be a support mode that waits
+ with the fontification until the text is actually shown
+ (e.g. Just-in-time Lock mode, which is the default, or Lazy Lock
+ mode).  Fontifying a file with several thousand lines in one go can
+ take the better part of a minute.
+ **** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables
+ are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to
+ be types.  (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font
+ locking.)  At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized
+ properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and
+ not contain patterns for uncertain types.
+ **** Support for documentation comments.
+ There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like
+ Javadoc and the markup within them.  It's independent of the host
+ language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C
+ buffers.  See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details.
+ Currently two kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Suns Javadoc
+ and Autodoc which is used in Pike.  This is by no means a complete
+ list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor of choice
+ is missing then please drop a note to address@hidden
+ **** Better handling of C++ templates.
+ As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are
+ now handled much better.  The angle brackets that delimit them are
+ given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other
+ parens.
+ This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is
+ work to be done in that area.  E.g. it's required that multiline
+ template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be
+ recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and
+ not as configurable as it ought to be.
+ **** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL.
+ Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul.
+ The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly.
+ All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and
+ handled correctly, also wrt indentation.
+ *** Support for the AWK language.
+ Support for the AWK language has been introduced.  The implementation is
+ based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with
+ any AWK.  As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK.
+ Here is a summary:
+ **** Indentation Engine
+ The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.
+ AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s
+ which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are
+ placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s
+ are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function
+ definition, or structured statement.
+ The predefined indentation functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK
+ mode, though some of them may work serendipitously.  There shouldn't be
+ any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode.
+ The command C-c C-q (c-indent-defun) hasn't yet been adapted for AWK,
+ though in practice it works properly nearly all the time.  Should it
+ fail, explicitly set the region around the function (using C-u C-SPC:
+ C-M-h probably won't work either) then do C-M-\ (indent-region).
+ **** Font Locking
+ There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
+ three distinct levels the other modes have.  There are several
+ idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
+ the AWK language itself.
+ **** Comment Commands
+ M-; (indent-for-comment) works fine.  None of the other CC Mode
+ comment formatting commands have yet been adapted for AWK mode.
+ **** Movement Commands
+ Most of the movement commands work in AWK mode.  The most important
+ exceptions are M-a (c-beginning-of-statement) and M-e
+ (c-end-of-statement) which haven't yet been adapted.
+ The notion of "defun" has been augmented to include AWK pattern-action
+ pairs.  C-M-a (c-awk-beginning-of-defun) and C-M-e (c-awk-end-of-defun)
+ recognise these pattern-action pairs, as well as user defined
+ functions.
+ **** Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
+ Auto-newline insertion hasn't yet been adapted for AWK.  Some of
+ the clean-ups can actually convert good AWK code into syntactically
+ invalid code.  These features are best disabled in AWK buffers.
+ *** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode.
+ The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are
+ now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols
+ module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open,
+ composition-close, and incomposition.
+ *** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode.
+ The functions c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forward can be
+ bound to keys to get this feature without toggling a mode.
+ Contributed by Kevin Ryde.
+ *** Better control over require-final-newline.
+ The variable that controls how to handle a final newline when the
+ buffer is saved, require-final-newline, is now customizable on a
+ per-mode basis through c-require-final-newline.  The default is to set
+ it to t only in languages that mandate a final newline in source files
+ (C, C++ and Objective-C).
+ *** Format change for syntactic context elements.
+ The elements in the syntactic context returned by c-guess-basic-syntax
+ and stored in c-syntactic-context has been changed somewhat to allow
+ attaching more information.  They are now lists instead of single cons
+ cells.  E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis
+ ((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13))
+ is now analysed as
+ ((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13))
+ In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic
+ symbol.
+ This change might affect code that call c-guess-basic-syntax directly,
+ and custom lineup functions if they use c-syntactic-context.  However,
+ the argument given to lineup functions is still a single cons cell
+ with nil or an integer in the cdr.
+ *** API changes for derived modes.
+ There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect
+ derived mode writers.  Some of these changes are likely to cause
+ incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand
+ care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC
+ Mode with less risk of such problems in the future.
+ **** New language variable system.
+ See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el.
+ **** New initialization functions.
+ The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to
+ give better control: c-basic-common-init, c-font-lock-init, and
+ c-init-language-vars.
+ *** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs.
+ The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where
+ several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line.  They are
+ now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own.
+ This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and
+ although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way
+ gave results that's more to one's liking.  So if you find a situation
+ where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report
+ it to address@hidden
+ **** New syntactic symbol substatement-label.
+ This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and
+ its substatement.  E.g:
+     if (x)
+       x_is_true:
+         do_stuff();
+ *** Better handling of multiline macros.
+ **** Syntactic indentation inside macros.
+ The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented
+ syntactically just like other code.  This can be disabled by the new
+ variable c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros.  A new syntactic symbol
+ cpp-define-intro has been added to control the initial indentation
+ inside #define's.
+ **** New lineup function c-lineup-cpp-define.
+ Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines.  The behavior
+ of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro
+ is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily
+ removed.  If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works
+ much line c-lineup-dont-change, which was used earlier, but handles
+ empty lines within the macro better.
+ **** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one.
+ This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to
+ c-context-line-break and c-context-open-line.
+ **** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes.
+ c-backslash-region tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes.  New
+ variable c-backslash-max-column which put a limit on how far out
+ backslashes can be moved.
+ **** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes.
+ This is controlled by the new variable c-auto-align-backslashes.  It
+ affects c-context-line-break, c-context-open-line and newlines
+ inserted in auto-newline mode.
+ **** Line indentation works better inside macros.
+ Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation
+ inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the
+ line continuation backslashes.  This is most noticeable when syntactic
+ indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the
+ backslash) in the macro.
+ *** indent-for-comment is more customizable.
+ The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through
+ the variable c-indent-comment-alist.  The indentation behavior based
+ on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after #else
+ and #endif but indentation to comment-column in most other cases
+ (something which was hardcoded earlier).
+ *** New function c-context-open-line.
+ It's the open-line equivalent of c-context-line-break.
+ *** New lineup functions
+ **** c-lineup-string-cont
+ This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it
+ continues.  E.g:
+ result = prefix + "A message "
+                   "string.";      <- c-lineup-string-cont
+ **** c-lineup-cascaded-calls
+ Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".".
+ **** c-lineup-knr-region-comment
+ Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in
+ the "K&R region" between the function header and its body.
+ **** c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg
+ Provides better indentation inside asm blocks.  Contributed by Kevin
+ Ryde.
+ **** c-lineup-argcont
+ Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma.
+ Contributed by Kevin Ryde.
+ *** Better caching of the syntactic context.
+ CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind)
+ of the lists surrounding the point.  Those positions are used in many
+ places as anchor points for various searches.  The cache is now
+ improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is
+ moved.  The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated.
+ The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when
+ opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero).  It's typically
+ only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex
+ file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic
+ context.
+ *** Statements are recognized in a more robust way.
+ Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an
+ "invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument.  In practice that can
+ happen when macros are involved.
+ *** Improved the way c-indent-exp chooses the block to indent.
+ It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point
+ whose closing paren ends on a different line.  This means that the
+ point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent.
+ Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current
+ line is left untouched.
+ *** Added toggle for syntactic indentation.
+ The function c-toggle-syntactic-indentation can be used to toggle
+ syntactic indentation.
+ ** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
+ --no-window-system.  The old one still works, but is deprecated.
+ +++
+ ** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
+ C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.
+ +++
+ ** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
+ with a space, when those buffers are visiting files.  Normally buffers
+ whose names begin with space are omitted.
+ +++
+ ** You can now customize fill-nobreak-predicate to control where
+ filling can break lines.  We provide two sample predicates,
+ fill-single-word-nobreak-p and fill-french-nobreak-p.
+ +++
+ ** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
+ When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always
+ starts a new record regardless of when the last record is.
+ +++
+ ** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
+ The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
+ When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
+ i.e., there is always a closing tag.
+ By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
+ from the file name or buffer contents.
+ +++
+ ** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.
+ +++
+ ** New user option `isearch-resume-enabled'.
+ This option can be disabled, to avoid the normal behavior of isearch
+ which puts calls to `isearch-resume' in the command history.
+ ---
+ ** Lisp mode now uses font-lock-doc-face for the docstrings.
+ ---
+ ** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.
+ +++
+ ** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
+ Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
+ Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.
+ ---
+ ** F90 mode has new navigation commands `f90-end-of-block',
+ `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', `f90-previous-block'.
+ ** F90 mode now has support for hs-minor-mode (hideshow).
+ It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable
+ majority.
+ ---
+ ** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
+ to support use of font-lock.
+ +++
+ ** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
+ understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
+ `same-window'.
+ +++
+ ** M-x setenv now expands environment variables of the form `$foo' and
+ `${foo}' in the specified new value of the environment variable.  To
+ include a `$' in the value, use `$$'.
+ +++
+ ** File-name completion can now ignore directories.
+ If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
+ slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
+ completing file names.  Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
+ which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
+ candidate is a directory.
+ +++
+ ** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
+ to the text before point.  If there is text in the buffer after point,
+ it remains unchanged.
+ ** Enhanced visual feedback in *Completions* buffer.
+ Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions
+ have in common and where they begin to differ.
+ The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face
+ `completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the
+ same uses the face `completions-first-difference'.  By default,
+ `completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and
+ `completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'.  The idea of
+ `completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common
+ parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing
+ parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted.
+ +++
+ ** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
+ When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
+ displays a buffer menu.  This option turns the buffer menu off.
+ ** Compilation mode enhancements:
+ *** New user option `compilation-environment'.
+ This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior
+ compilation processes without affecting the environment that all
+ subprocesses inherit.
+ *** `next-error' now temporarily highlights the corresponding source line.
+ ** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup.
+ *** There's a new separate package grep.el.
+ *** Grep commands now have their own submenu and customization group.
+ *** The new variables `grep-window-height', `grep-auto-highlight', and
+ `grep-scroll-output' can be used to override the corresponding
+ compilation mode settings for grep commands.
+ *** Source line is temporarily highlighted when going to next match.
+ *** New key bindings in grep output window:
+ SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down.  C-n and C-p moves to next and
+ previous match in the grep window.  RET jumps to the source line of
+ the current match.  `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in
+ other window, but does not switch buffer.  `{' and `}' jumps to the
+ previous or next file in the grep output.  TAB also jumps to the next
+ file.
+ ---
+ ** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.
+ ---
+ ** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
+ This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track
+ the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.
+ ---
+ ** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
+ See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.
+ ---
+ ** Images are now supported on MS Windows.
+ PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats
+ depend on external libraries.  All of these libraries have been ported
+ to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
+ http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/.  Note that libpng also depends on
+ zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
+ against.  For additional information, see nt/INSTALL.
+ ---
+ ** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.
+ WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
+ as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
+ Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
+ sound support for those formats.
+ ---
+ ** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.
+ The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.
+ ---
+ ** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
+ The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
+ whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
+ pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.
+ ---
+ ** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows.
+ The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much
+ the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X.  Emacs now adds these
+ colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the
+ default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses
+ some of them to initialize some of the default faces.
+ `list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case
+ you wish to use them in other faces.
+ +++
+ ** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
+ The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
+ and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
+ use for the modifiers.  For example, the following two lines swap
+ Meta and Alt:
+     (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
+     (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)
+ +++
+ ** vc-annotate-mode enhancements
+ In vc-annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for
+ enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or
+ to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode:
+     P:  annotates the previous revision
+     N:  annotates the next revision
+     J:  annotates the revision at line
+     A:  annotates the revision previous to line
+     D:  shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision
+     L:  shows the log of the revision at line
+     W:  annotates the workfile (most up to date) version
+ +++
+ ** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs
+ between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision
+ in the repository.
+ +++
+ ** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes
+ anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed
+ "checkout", "update" or "commit".  That means using cvs diff options
+ -rBASE -rHEAD.
+ * New modes and packages in Emacs 21.4
+ ** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program
+ source files.  See the Flymake's Info manual for more details.
+ ** The library tree-widget.el provides a new widget to display a set
+ of hierarchical data as an outline.  For example, the tree-widget is
+ well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files.
+ ** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on dired
+ buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc...
+ ** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs.
+ ** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs.
+ +++
+ ** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default)
+ shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line.
+ ** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit.
+ ---
+ ** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+ The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
+ package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
+ to interactive buffer switching.  Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
+ a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.
+ ---
+ ** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+ The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
+ cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
+ With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
+ keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
+ region (like delete-selection-mode).  Do not enable these modes with
+ cua-mode.  Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.
+ In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
+ rectangle highlighting: Use S-return to start a rectangle, extend it
+ using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
+ or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).
+ Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
+ fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
+ downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
+ rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
+ as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
+ M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
+ rows.  See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.
+ Cua also provides unified support for registers:  Use a numeric
+ prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
+ C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.
+ The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
+ register 0.  This includes text deleted by typing text.
+ Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
+ When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
+ automatically inserted at the global mark position.  See the
+ commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.
+ The features of cua also works with the standard emacs bindings for
+ kill, copy, yank, and undo.  If you want to use cua mode, but don't
+ want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you may customize the
+ `cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.
+ Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
+ versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el.  To ensure proper operation, you
+ must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
+ loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.
+ ** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
+ the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards.  The numeric
+ keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
+ +, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key.  The keypad
+ package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.
+ By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
+ `keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
+ using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
+ the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
+ possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
+ the NumLock toggle state (off/on).
+ The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
+ `Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
+ `Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
+ decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
+ `Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
+ for emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
+ where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
+ `Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
+ are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
+ or local keymaps.
+ +++
+ ** The new kmacro package provides a simpler user interface to
+ emacs' keyboard macro facilities.
+ Basically, it uses two function keys (default F3 and F4) like this:
+ F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
+ the last macro.  While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
+ which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.
+ There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
+ defined macros.
+ The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
+ defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
+ C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
+ manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
+ C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f.  See the commentary in kmacro.el
+ for more commands.
+ The normal macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e now interfaces to
+ the keyboard macro ring.
+ The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
+ before calling it, if used while defining a macro.
+ In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
+ be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'.  You can customize
+ this behaviour via the variable kmacro-call-repeat-key and
+ kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.
+ Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
+ C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
+ at a time, prompting for the actions to take.
+ ---
+ ** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
+ to C-c C-f and C-c C-i.  The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
+ bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
+ C-c C-i b, and so on.
+ ** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+ If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
+ the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
+ with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
+ ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
+ printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
+ `ps-print' package.  Use M-x pr-help for more information.
+ +++
+ ** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+ Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
+ Emacs Lisp.  Its documentation is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
+ type "C-h i m calc RET" to read that manual.  A reference card is
+ available in `etc/calccard.tex' and `etc/calccard.ps'.
+ +++
+ ** Tramp is now part of the distribution.
+ This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
+ files.  But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
+ Tramp uses a shell connection.  The shell connection is always used
+ for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
+ the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
+ `inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
+ connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
+ (which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
+ `rsync' to do the copying).
+ Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
+ `su' and `sudo'.
+ ---
+ ** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
+ filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
+ that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
+ emacs' filename parsing rules.  The ignored portion can be made dim,
+ invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.  The display method may
+ be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.
+ ---
+ ** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
+ "active" ruler in the header line.  You can use the mouse to visually
+ change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
+ settings.
+ ---
+ ** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
+ move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer.
+ It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
+ of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...
+ There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.
+ ---
+ ** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
+ customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.
+ ** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
+ `text tables' in Emacs buffers.  It simulates the effect of putting
+ these tables in a special major mode.  The package emulates WYSIWYG
+ table editing available in modern word processors.  The package also
+ can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
+ as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.
+ +++
+ ** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
+ spreadsheet files.  Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
+ letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
+ viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.
+ ---
+ ** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
+ Emacs will still work on terminals that require magic cookies in order
+ to use standout mode, however they will not be able to display
+ mode-lines in inverse-video.
+ ---
+ ** cplus-md.el has been removed to avoid problems with Custom.
+ ** New package benchmark.el contains simple support for convenient
+ timing measurements of code (including the garbage collection component).
+ ** The new Lisp library fringe.el controls the appearance of fringes.
+ ** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine
+ configuration files.
+ * Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.4
+ +++
+ ** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return
+ a list of two integers, instead of a cons.
+ ** If a command sets transient-mark-mode to `only', that
+ enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only.
+ During that following command, the value of transient-mark-mode
+ is `identity'.  If it is still `identity' at the end of the command,
+ it changes to nil.
+ +++
+ ** Cleaner way to enter key sequences.
+ You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the
+ same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'.  For
+ example,
+ (kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f"
+ ** The sentinel is now called when a network process is deleted with
+ delete-process.  The status message passed to the sentinel for a
+ deleted network process is "deleted".  The message passed to the
+ sentinel when the connection is closed by the remote peer has been
+ changed to "connection broken by remote peer".
+ ** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than
+ undo-outer-limit, garbage collection empties it.  This is to prevent
+ it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs.
+ ---
+ ** New function quail-find-key returns a list of keys to type in the
+ current input method to input a character.
+ +++
+ ** New functions posn-at-point and posn-at-x-y return
+ click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer
+ position or for a given window pixel coordinate.
+ ** skip-chars-forward and skip-chars-backward now handle
+ character classes such as [:alpha:], along with individual characters
+ and ranges.
+ ** Function pos-visible-in-window-p now returns the pixel coordinates
+ and partial visiblity state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY
+ arg is non-nil.
+ ** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package.
+ +++
+ ** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and
+ modification times.  Magic file name handlers can handle this
+ operation.
+ ** file-remote-p now returns an identifier for the remote system,
+ if the file is indeed remote.  (Before, the return value was t in
+ this case.)
+ ** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now
+ supported on text terminals.
+ ** Support for displaying image slices
+ *** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) may be used with
+ an image property to display only a specific slice of the image.
+ *** Function insert-image has new optional fourth arg to
+ specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT).
+ *** New function insert-sliced-image inserts a given image as a
+ specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns).
+ ** New line-height and line-spacing properties for newline characters
+ A newline may now have line-height and line-spacing text or overlay
+ properties that control the height of the corresponding display row.
+ If the line-height property value is 0, the newline does not
+ contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the
+ newline glyph is reduced.  Also, a line-spacing property on this
+ newline is ignored.  This can be used to tile small images or image
+ slices without adding blank areas between the images.
+ If the line-height property value is a positive integer, the value
+ specifies the minimum line height in pixels.  If necessary, the line
+ height it increased by increasing the line's ascent.
+ If the line-height property value is a float, the minimum line height
+ is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by the
+ given value.
+ If the line-height property value is a cons (RATIO . FACE), the
+ minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE.
+ RATIO is int or float.  If FACE is t, it specifies the current face.
+ If the line-spacing property value is an positive integer, the value
+ is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this
+ overrides the default frame line-spacing and any buffer local value of
+ the line-spacing variable.
+ If the line-spacing property may be a float or cons, the line spacing
+ is calculated as specified above for the line-height property.
+ If the line-spacing value is a cons (total . SPACING) where SPACING is
+ any of the forms described above, the value of SPACING is used as the
+ total height of the line, i.e. a varying number of pixels are inserted
+ after each line to make each line exactly that many pixels high.
+ ** The buffer local line-spacing variable may now have a float value,
+ which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height.
+ ** Enhancements to stretch display properties
+ The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where
+ PROPS is a property list now allows pixel based width and height
+ specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment.
+ The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression
+ which is evaluated during redisplay.  The following expressions
+ are supported:
+ UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height
+ ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin
+       |  scroll-bar | text
+ POS  ::= left | center | right
+ FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...)
+ OP   ::= + | -
+ The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default
+ frame font size.  The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of
+ pixels.  If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding
+ is used.  The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of
+ pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp.  The `width' and
+ `height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face
+ font.  An image specification corresponds to the width or height of
+ the image.
+ The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin',
+ `scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the
+ corresponding area of the window.
+ The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to
+ to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge
+ of the text area.  One of the above window elements (except `text')
+ can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is
+ relative to the left edge of the given area.  Once the base offset for
+ a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of
+ these symbols), further occurences of these symbols are interpreted as
+ the width of the area.
+ For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use
+     :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin))
+ If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative
+ to the left edge of the text area.  For example, :align-to 0 in a
+ header-line aligns with the first text column in the text area.
+ The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by
+ the value of the expression EXPR.  For example, (2 . in) specifies a
+ width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or
+ height) of the specified image.
+ The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions.
+ The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions.
+ ** New macro with-local-quit temporarily sets inhibit-quit to nil for use
+ around potentially blocking or long-running code in timers
+ and post-command-hooks.
+ +++
+ ** New face attribute `min-colors' can be used to tailor the face color
+ to the number of colors supported by a display, and define the
+ foreground and background colors accordingly so that they look best on
+ a terminal that supports at least this many colors.  This is now the
+ preferred method for defining default faces in a way that makes a good
+ use of the capabilities of the display.
+ ** New function 'define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to change the
+ built-in fringe bitmaps, as well as create new fringe bitmaps.
+ The return value is a number identifying the new fringe bitmap.
+ To change a built-in bitmap, do (require 'fringe) and identify the
+ bitmap to change with the value of the corresponding symbol, like
+ `left-truncation-fringe-bitmap' or `continued-line-fringe-bitmap'.
+ ** New function 'destroy-fringe-bitmap' may be used to destroy a
+ previously created bitmap, or restore a built-in bitmap.
+ ** New function 'set-fringe-bitmap-face' can now be used to set a
+ specific face to be used for a specific fringe bitmap.  Normally,
+ this should be a face derived from the `fringe' face, specifying
+ the foreground color as the desired color of the bitmap.
+ ** There are new display properties, left-fringe and right-fringe,
+ that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe
+ bitmap of the display line.
+ Format is 'display '(left-fringe BITMAP [FACE]), where BITMAP is a
+ number identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or as returned by
+ `define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used
+ for displaying the bitmap.
+ ** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns a cons (LEFT . RIGHT)
+ identifying the current fringe bitmaps in the display line at a given
+ buffer position.  A nil value means no bitmap.
+ ** Multiple overlay arrows can now be defined and managed via the new
+ variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'.  It contains a list of
+ varibles which contain overlay arrow position markers, including
+ the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable.
+ Each variable on this list may have individual `overlay-arrow-string'
+ and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow
+ string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window
+ systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position.
+ If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or
+ 'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used.
+ +++
+ ** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns line number of current
+ line in current buffer, or if optional buffer position is given, line
+ number of corresponding line in current buffer.
+ ** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new
+ variable `sentence-end-without-space' which contains such characters
+ that end a sentence without following spaces.
+ ** The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of
+ the variable `sentence-end'.  If the variable `sentence-end' is nil,
+ then this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables
+ `sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and
+ `sentence-end-without-space'.
+ +++
+ ** The flags, width, and precision options for %-specifications in function
+ `format' are now documented.  Some flags that were accepted but not
+ implemented (such as "*") are no longer accepted.
+ ** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form.
+ It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name.
+ One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument
+ if no expansion is done, which may be tested using `eq'.
+ +++
+ ** New function `delete-dups' destructively removes `equal' duplicates
+ from a list.  Of several `equal' occurrences of an element in the list,
+ the first one is kept.
+ +++
+ ** `declare' is now a macro.  This change was made mostly for
+ documentation purposes and should have no real effect on Lisp code.
+ ** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer'
+ before saving buffers.  This allows packages to perform various final
+ tasks, for example; it can be used by the copyright package to make
+ sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers.
+ +++
+ ** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the
+ `yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the
+ string.  The old behavior is available if you call
+ `insert-for-yank-1' instead.
+ ** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same
+ arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the
+ return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and
+ whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if
+ it was found as a text property or not found at all.
+ ** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a
+ line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now
+ controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'.  The default
+ is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer.  Other choices are `text'
+ (or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'.
+ ** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the
+ :pointer image property.
+ ** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images may now be
+ controlled/overriden via the `pointer' text property.
+ ** Images may now have an associated image map via the :map property.
+ An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
+ An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
+ A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1))) specifying the
+ pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
+ A circle is a cons (circle . ((x0 . y0) . r)) specifying the center
+ and the radius of the circle; r may be a float or integer.
+ A polygon is a cons (poly . [x0 y0 x1 y1 ...]) where each pair in the
+ vector describes one corner in the polygon.
+ When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the
+ PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo'
+ property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains
+ a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when
+ it is over the hot-spot.  See the variable 'void-area-text-pointer'
+ for possible pointer shapes.
+ When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot,
+ an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the
+ mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'.
+ ** Mouse event enhancements:
+ *** Mouse clicks on fringes now generates left-fringe or right-fringes
+ events, rather than a text area click event.
+ *** Mouse clicks in the left and right marginal areas now includes a
+ sensible buffer position corresponding to the first character in the
+ corresponding text row.
+ *** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area.
+ +++
+ *** Mouse events now includes buffer position for all event types.
+ +++
+ *** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events.
+ +++
+ *** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means
+ text area).
+ +++
+ *** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types.
+ +++
+ *** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns actual glyph coordinates.
+ +++
+ *** Mouse events may now include image object in addition to string object.
+ +++
+ *** Mouse events include relative x and y pixel coordinates relative to
+ the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on.
+ +++
+ *** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object
+ (image or character) clicked on.
+ +++
+ *** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', and
+ 'posn-object-width-height' return the image or string object of a mouse
+ click, the x and y pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner
+ of that object, and the total width and height of that object.
+ ** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of
+ one or all windows.  Normally, this is not needed as changes in window
+ contents are detected automatically.  However, certain implicit
+ changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require
+ forcing an explicit window update.
+ ** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect
+ debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file.
+ +++
+ ** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if
+ the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for
+ SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string.  If SEPARATORS is
+ nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all
+ empty matches are omitted from the returned list.
+ +++
+ ** `makehash' is now obsolete.  Use `make-hash-table' instead.
+ +++
+ ** If optional third argument APPEND to `add-to-list' is non-nil, a
+ new element gets added at the end of the list instead of at the
+ beginning.  This change actually occurred in Emacs-21.1, but was not
+ documented.
+ ** Major modes can define `eldoc-print-current-symbol-info-function'
+ locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to
+ the language.
+ ---
+ ** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that
+ the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text
+ parts, e.g. utf-16.
+ +++
+ ** The argument to forward-word, backward-word, forward-to-indentation
+ and backward-to-indentation is now optional, and defaults to 1.
+ +++
+ ** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able
+ to display CHAR.  More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has
+ a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to.
+ Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset
+ does that, this value may not be accurate.
+ +++
+ ** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the
+ actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or
+ divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and
+ the mode line.
+ +++
+ ** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges'
+ return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines.
+ +++
+ ** The kill-buffer-hook is now permanent-local.
+ +++
+ ** `select-window' takes an optional second argument `norecord', like
+ `switch-to-buffer'.
+ +++
+ ** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the
+ selected window without impacting the order of buffer-list.
+ +++
+ ** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and
+ text-properties, according to their stickiness.  This also means that it
+ works with empty overlays.  The same hold for the `local-map' property.
+ +++
+ ** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding
+ in the keymap.
+ ---
+ ** VC changes for backends:
+ *** (vc-switches BACKEND OPERATION) is a new function for use by backends.
+ *** The new `find-version' backend function replaces the `destfile'
+ parameter of the `checkout' backend function.
+ Old code still works thanks to a default `find-version' behavior that
+ uses the old `destfile' parameter.
+ +++
+ ** The new macro dynamic-completion-table supports using functions
+ as a dynamic completion table.
+   (dynamic-completion-table FUN)
+ FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required,
+ and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible
+ completions. This alist may be a full list of possible completions so that FUN
+ can ignore the value of its argument. If completion is performed in the
+ minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was
+ entered. dynamic-completion-table then computes the completion.
+ +++
+ ** The new macro lazy-completion-table initializes a variable
+ as a lazy completion table.
+   (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN &rest ARGS)
+ If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR
+ as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with arguments
+ ARGS. FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR. If
+ completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer
+ from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of
+ `lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR.
+ +++
+ ** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands.
+ +++
+ ** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters
+ for all (existing and future) frames.
+ +++
+ ** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP).
+ +++
+ ** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'.
+ +++
+ ** The macro `with-syntax-table' does not copy the table any more.
+ +++
+ ** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger
+ (or smaller) font we should use.  For instance, if the value is
+ '((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10
+ point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches
+ +++
+ ** The function `number-sequence' returns a list of equally-separated
+ numbers.  For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9).
+ By default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different separation
+ as the third argument.  (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns (1.5 3.5 5.5).
+ +++
+ ** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which
+ specifies the maximum number of links to chase through.  If after that
+ many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link,
+ `file-chase-links' returns it anyway.
+ ---
+ ** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
+ the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..
+ +++
+ ** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character,
+ unless it is followed by a `-' in a character constant (e.g. ?\s-A),
+ in which case it is still interpreted as the super modifier.
+ In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space.
+ +++
+ ** New function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the multibyteness
+ of a string given to a process's filter.
+ +++
+ ** New function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns t if
+ a string given to a process's filter is multibyte.
+ +++
+ ** A filter function of a process is called with a multibyte string if
+ the filter's multibyteness is t.  That multibyteness is decided by the
+ value of `default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is
+ created and can be changed later by `set-process-filter-multibyte'.
+ +++
+ ** If a process's coding system is raw-text or no-conversion and its
+ buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
+ to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
+ Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
+ which was not compatible with the behaviour of file reading.
+ +++
+ ** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
+ multibyte string with the same individual character codes.
+ +++
+ ** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
+ on garbage collection.
+ +++
+ ** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
+ it is read from a file without decoding.
+ +++
+ ** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information.
+ +++
+ ** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
+ of every frame.  This way, it restores everything that can be changed
+ by calling `select-window'.
+ ---
+ ** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
+ if you don't need to give the menu a name.  If you install the menu
+ into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
+ need to have a name.
+ ** Byte compiler changes:
+ ---
+ *** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil.  This
+ helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
+ Emacs and XEmacs and may sometimes make the result significantly more
+ efficient.  Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
+ generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
+ you anything.
+ +++
+ *** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
+ simple convention that the compiler understands.  (This is mostly
+ useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
+ Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
+ forms:
+   (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
+   (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)
+ In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
+ won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
+ second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
+ unbound.  The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
+ macro expansion), but such tests may be nested.  Note that `when' and
+ `unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.
+ +++
+ *** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings
+ inside its body.  In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'.
+ +++
+ ** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input'
+ is used for customizing self-insertion.  The character to
+ be inserted is translated through it.
+ +++
+ ** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
+ which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
+ current file redefined it).
+ +++
+ ** New Lisp library testcover.el works with edebug to help you determine
+ whether you've tested all your Lisp code.  Function testcover-start
+ instruments all functions in a given file.  Then test your code.  Function
+ testcover-mark-all adds overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to
+ show where coverage is lacking.  Command testcover-next-mark (bind it to
+ a key!) will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.
+ *** Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely evaluated;
+ a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same value.  The red
+ splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly complete their evaluation,
+ such as `error'.  The brown splotches are skipped for forms that are expected
+ to always evaluate to the same value, such as (setq x 14).
+ *** For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to help
+ out the test coverage tool.  The macro `noreturn' suppresses a red splotch.
+ It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does return.  The macro 1value
+ suppresses a brown splotch for its argument.  This macro is a no-op except
+ during test-coverage -- then it signals an error if the argument actually
+ returns differing values.
+ +++
+ ** New function unsafep returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly
+ do anything dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be
+ unsafe (calls dangerous function, alters global variable, etc).
+ +++
+ ** The new variable `print-continuous-numbering', when non-nil, says
+ that successive calls to print functions should use the same
+ numberings for circular structure references.  This is only relevant
+ when `print-circle' is non-nil.
+ When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should
+ also bind `print-number-table' to nil.
+ +++
+ ** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
+ the scroll-bar-width frame parameter value is nil.
+ +++
+ ** The new function copy-abbrev-table returns a new abbrev table that
+ is a copy of a given abbrev table.
+ +++
+ ** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
+ It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
+ can start with this line:
+    #!/usr/bin/emacs --script
+ +++
+ ** A function's docstring can now hold the function's usage info on
+ its last line.  It should match the regexp "\n\n(fn.*)\\'".
+ ---
+ ** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
+ hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.
+ +++
+ ** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional buffer
+ argument is a minibuffer.  If the argument is omitted it defaults to
+ the current buffer.
+ +++
+ ** There is a new Warnings facility; see the functions `warn'
+ and `display-warning'.
+ +++
+ ** The functions all-completions and try-completion now accept lists
+ of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
+ and functions.  Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
+ exported to Lisp.
+ ---
+ ** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
+ much pure storage it will approximately need.
+ +++
+ ** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
+ to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
+ for it.  (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
+ file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)
+ ---
+ ** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
+ of one coding system from another coding system.
+ +++
+ ** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
+ are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
+ specification.  Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
+ such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
+ needed.
+ ---
+ ** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
+ that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
+ appears in an `eval' local variables specification.  If the property
+ is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
+ ok.  If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
+ with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.
+ If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
+ confirmation as before.
+ +++
+ ** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths.
+ The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame
+ can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe'
+ frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels.
+ Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe.
+ The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the
+ specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an
+ integral number of columns.  The extra width is distributed evenly
+ between the left and right fringe.  For force a specific fringe width,
+ specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative,
+ only the left fringe gets the specified width).
+ Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
+ width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
+ of the currently defined fringe bitmaps.  The width of the built-in
+ fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.
+ +++
+ ** Per-window fringes settings
+ Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and position
+ settings.
+ To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local
+ variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call
+ `set-window-fringes'.
+ To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes
+ are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area,
+ or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable
+ `fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'.
+ The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current
+ settings.  To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and
+ `fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before
+ displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force
+ an update of the display margins.
+ +++
+ ** Per-window vertical scroll-bar settings
+ Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings
+ controlling the width and position of scroll-bars.
+ To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local
+ variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call
+ `set-window-scroll-bars'.  The function `window-scroll-bars' can be
+ used to obtain the current settings.  To make `scroll-bar-mode' and
+ `scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
+ the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
+ of the display margins.
+ +++
+ ** The function `set-window-buffer' now has an optional third argument
+ KEEP-MARGINS which will preserve the window's current margin, fringe,
+ and scroll-bar settings if non-nil.
+ +++
+ ** Renamed file hooks to follow the convention:
+ find-file-hooks to find-file-hook,
+ find-file-not-found-hooks to find-file-not-found-functions,
+ write-file-hooks to write-file-functions,
+ write-contents-hooks to write-contents-functions.
+ Marked local-write-file-hooks as obsolete (use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook').
+ +++
+ ** The new variable `delete-frame-functions' replaces `delete-frame-hook'.
+ It was renamed to follow the naming conventions for abnormal hooks.  The old
+ name remains available as an alias, but has been marked obsolete.
+ +++
+ ** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
+ specifies a predicate which the file name read must satify.  The
+ new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
+ while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
+ variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.
+ ---
+ ** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by lisp code
+ to override the internal read-file-name function.
+ ** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies
+ whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the
+ `read-file-name' function.
+ +++
+ ** The new function `read-directory-name' can be used instead of
+ `read-file-name' to read a directory name; when used, completion
+ will only show directories.
+ +++
+ ** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
+ non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
+ its own special methods and not directly through the file system).
+ ---
+ ** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
+ now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
+ (require 'cl) when loaded.
+ +++
+ ** The `defmacro' form may contain declarations specifying how to
+ indent the macro in Lisp mode and how to debug it with Edebug.  The
+ syntax of defmacro has been extended to
+ DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'.  The
+ declaration specifiers supported are:
+ (indent INDENT)
+       Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.
+ (edebug DEBUG)
+       Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG.  (This is
+       equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro.
+ +++
+ ** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.
+ This is an alternative to using defadvice or substitute-key-definition
+ to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
+ binding and lookup functionality.
+ When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
+ remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
+ original command.
+ Example:
+ Suppose that minor mode my-mode has defined the commands
+ my-kill-line and my-kill-word, and it wants C-k (and any other key
+ bound to kill-line) to run the command my-kill-line instead of
+ kill-line, and likewise it wants to run my-kill-word instead of
+ kill-word.
+ Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
+ command remapping allows you to directly map kill-line into
+ my-kill-line and kill-word into my-kill-word through the minor mode
+ map using define-key:
+    (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
+    (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)
+ Now, when my-mode is enabled, and the user enters C-k or M-d,
+ the commands my-kill-line and my-kill-word are run.
+ Notice that only one level of remapping is supported.  In the above
+ example, this means that if my-kill-line is remapped to other-kill,
+ then C-k still runs my-kill-line.
+ The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:
+ - Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
+   `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
+   to definition DEF in keymap MAP.  The definition is not limited to
+   another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.
+ - The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
+   remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.
+ - key-binding now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
+   third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.
+ - where-is-internal now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
+   kill-line if my-mode is enabled), and the actual key binding for
+   the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
+   It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
+   remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns C-k for kill-line and
+   <kill-line> for my-kill-line).
+ - The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
+   command before remapping.  It is equal to `this-command' when the
+   command was not remapped.
+ +++
+ ** New variable emulation-mode-map-alists.
+ Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
+ keymap alist separate from minor-mode-map-alist by adding their keymap
+ alist to this list.
+ +++
+ ** Atomic change groups.
+ To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
+ they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
+ around the code that makes changes.  For instance:
+   (atomic-change-group
+     (insert foo)
+     (delete-region x y))
+ If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
+ `atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
+ were during the execution of the body.  The change group has no effect
+ on any other buffers--any such changes remain.
+ If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
+ lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses.  Here is how.
+ To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
+ Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
+ This function returns a "handle" for the change group.  You must save
+ the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.
+ Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
+ group.  Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
+ do this.
+ After you make the changes, you must finish the change group.  You can
+ either accept the changes or cancel them all.  Call
+ `accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
+ call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.
+ You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
+ finished.  The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
+ `unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
+ (This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
+ `activate-change-group' are separate functions.)  Once you finish the
+ group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
+ twice.
+ To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
+ for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
+ returned values, like this:
+   (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
+          (prepare-change-group buffer-2))
+ You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
+ to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
+ `accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.
+ Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
+ would expect.  Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
+ will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
+ change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
+ finished.
+ +++
+ ** New variable char-property-alias-alist.
+ This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
+ properties.  It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
+ although it applies to overlays as well.  This variable was introduced
+ to implement the `font-lock-face' property.
+ +++
+ ** New special text property `font-lock-face'.
+ This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
+ M-x font-lock-mode.  It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
+ property.  Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
+ new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
+ +++
+ ** New function remove-list-of-text-properties.
+ The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties' is almost the same
+ as `remove-text-properties'.  The only difference is that it takes
+ a list of property names as argument rather than a property list.
+ +++
+ ** New function insert-for-yank.
+ This function normally works like `insert' but removes the text
+ properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list.  However, if the
+ inserted text has a `yank-handler' text property on the first
+ character of the string, the insertion of the text may be modified in
+ a number of ways.  See the description of `yank-handler' below.
+ +++
+ ** New function insert-buffer-substring-as-yank.
+ This function works like `insert-buffer-substring', but removes the
+ text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list.
+ +++
+ ** New function insert-buffer-substring-no-properties.
+ This function is like insert-buffer-substring, but removes all
+ text properties from the inserted substring.
+ +++
+ ** New `yank-handler' text property may be used to control how
+ previously killed text on the kill-ring is reinserted.
+ The value of the yank-handler property must be a list with one to four
+ elements with the following format:
+ The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
+ the first character on its string argument (typically the first
+ element on the kill-ring).  If a yank-handler property is found,
+ the normal behaviour of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:
+   When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
+ to insert the string.  FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
+   If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
+ passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
+ `yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
+ rectangle.
+   If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
+ yank-excluded-properties is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
+ responsible for removing those properties.  This may be necessary
+ if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
+   If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
+ by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object.  It is
+ called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
+ FUNCTION may set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.
+ *** The functions kill-new, kill-append, and kill-region now have an
+ optional argument to specify the yank-handler text property to put on
+ the killed text.
+ *** The function yank-pop will now use a non-nil value of the variable
+ `yank-undo-function' (instead of delete-region) to undo the previous
+ yank or yank-pop command (or a call to insert-for-yank).  The function
+ insert-for-yank automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
+ element of the string argument's yank-handler text property if present.
+ +++
+ ** New function display-supports-face-attributes-p may be used to test
+ whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.
+ A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
+ specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
+ defined with defface.
+ ** The function face-differs-from-default-p now truly checks whether the
+ given face displays differently from the default face or not (previously
+ it did only a very cursory check).
+ +++
+ ** face-attribute, face-foreground, face-background, and face-stipple now
+ accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how face
+ inheritance is used when determining the value of a face attribute.
+ +++
+ ** New functions face-attribute-relative-p and merge-face-attribute
+ help with handling relative face attributes.
+ ** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face-list is reversed.
+ If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier
+ faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous releases
+ of Emacs, the order was the opposite.  This change was made so that
+ :inherit face-lists operate identically to face-lists in text `face'
+ properties.
+ +++
+ ** Enhancements to process support
+ *** Function list-processes now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
+ only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set are listed.
+ *** New set-process-query-on-exit-flag and process-query-on-exit-flag
+ functions.  The existing process-kill-without-query function is still
+ supported, but new code should use the new functions.
+ *** Function signal-process now accepts a process object or process
+ name in addition to a process id to identify the signalled process.
+ *** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
+ maintain process state and other per-process related information.
+ The new functions process-get and process-put are used to access, add,
+ and modify elements on this property list.
+ The new low-level functions process-plist and set-process-plist are
+ used to access and replace the entire property list of a process.
+ ???
+ *** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output.
+ On some systems, when emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the
+ output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in
+ very poor performance.  This behaviour can be remedied to some extent
+ by setting the new variable process-adaptive-read-buffering to a
+ non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading
+ from such processes, to allowing them to produce more output before
+ emacs tries to read it.
+ +++
+ ** Enhanced networking support.
+ *** There is a new `make-network-process' function which supports
+ opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
+ create a stream or datagram server inside emacs.
+ - A server is started using :server t arg.
+ - Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
+ - A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
+ - Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
+ - Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
+ - The process' property list may be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
+   a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
+   by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.
+ To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
+   (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))
+ *** Original open-network-stream is now emulated using make-network-process.
+ *** New function open-network-stream-nowait.
+ This function initiates a non-blocking connect and returns immediately
+ without waiting for the connection to be established.  It takes the
+ filter and sentinel functions as arguments; when the non-blocking
+ connect completes, the sentinel is called with a status string
+ matching "open" or "failed".
+ *** New function open-network-stream-server.
+ This function creates a network server process for a TCP service.
+ When a client connects to the specified service, a new subprocess
+ is created to handle the new connection, and the sentinel function
+ is called for the new process.
+ *** New functions process-datagram-address and set-process-datagram-address.
+ These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
+ and set the current address of the remote partner.
+ *** New function format-network-address.
+ This function reformats the lisp representation of a network address
+ to a printable string.  For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
+ number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
+ printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P".  See the doc
+ string for other formatting options.
+ *** By default, the function process-contact still returns (HOST SERVICE)
+ for a network process.  Using the new optional KEY arg, the complete list
+ of network process properties or a specific property can be selected.
+ Using :local and :remote as the KEY, the address of the local or
+ remote end-point is returned.  An Inet address is represented as a 5
+ element vector, where the first 4 elements contain the IP address and
+ the fifth is the port number.
+ *** Network processes can now be stopped and restarted with
+ `stop-process' and `continue-process'.  For a server process, no
+ connections are accepted in the stopped state.  For a client process,
+ no input is received in the stopped state.
+ *** New function network-interface-list.
+ This function returns a list of network interface names and their
+ current network addresses.
+ *** New function network-interface-info.
+ This function returns the network address, hardware address, current
+ status, and other information about a specific network interface.
+ +++
+ ** New function copy-tree.
+ +++
+ ** New function substring-no-properties.
+ +++
+ ** New function minibuffer-selected-window.
+ +++
+ ** New function `call-process-shell-command'.
+ ---
+ ** The dummy function keys made by easymenu
+ are now always lower case.  If you specify the
+ menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
+ as the "key" bound by that key binding.
+ This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for
+ the bindings that were made with easymenu.
+ +++
+ ** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional
+ argument.  If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks
+ for a function that could be called with `call-interactively',
+ and does not return t for keyboard macros.
+ ---
+ ** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
+ buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.
+ It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
+ and its SQLi buffer is the slave.  This allows you to scroll the SQLi
+ buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
+ commands.
+ This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
+ sql-buffer contains the slave buffer.  It is a local variable in the
+ SQL buffer.
+ (add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
+    (function (lambda ()
+              (master-mode t)
+              (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
+ (add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
+    (function (lambda ()
+              (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
+ +++
+ ** File local variables.
+ A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
+ properties--any specified text properties are discarded.
+ +++
+ ** New function window-body-height.
+ This is like window-height but does not count the mode line
+ or the header line.
+ +++
+ ** New function format-mode-line.
+ This returns the mode-line or header-line of the selected (or a
+ specified) window as a string with or without text properties.
+ +++
+ ** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.
+ These functions are like `plist-get' and `plist-put' except that they
+ compare the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.
+ +++
+ ** New function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'
+ The `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' must not be used (as previously
+ recommended) for making entries in the tool bar for local keymaps.
+ Instead, use the function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu', which lets
+ you specify the map to use as an argument.
+ +++
+ ** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.
+ When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
+ angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis.  (This is
+ equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)
+ +++
+ ** You can now make a window as short as one line.
+ A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
+ line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
+ `header-line-format' call for them.  A window that is two lines tall
+ cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
+ variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.
+ +++
+ ** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
+ for color support on character terminal frames.  Its value can be a
+ number of colors to support, or a symbol.  See the Emacs Lisp
+ Reference manual for more detailed documentation.
+ +++
+ ** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be
+ used to add text properties to mode-line elements.
+ +++
+ ** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the
+ :propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose
+ `risky-local-variable' property is nil.
+ +++
+ ** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used
+ to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode
+ line.
+ ---
+ ** Indentation of simple and extended loop forms has been added to the
+ cl-indent package.  The new user options
+ `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', `lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and
+ `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can be used to customize the
+ indentation of keywords and forms in loop forms.
+ ---
+ ** Indentation of backquoted forms has been made customizable in the
+ cl-indent package.  See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.
+ +++
+ ** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:
+ Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
+ from 0 to 255.  As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
+ buffers no longer exist.  We only know of three reasons to use them
+ now:
+ 1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.
+ 2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
+ the time it takes to convert the format.
+ 3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
+ wasteful.
+ +++
+ ** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
+ over minor mode keymaps.
+ +++
+ ** A hex escape in a string forces the string to be multibyte.
+ An octal escape makes it unibyte.
+ +++
+ ** At the end of a command, point moves out from within invisible
+ text, in the same way it moves out from within text covered by an
+ image or composition property.
+ This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible.
+ This is particularly good because the intangible property often has
+ unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything
+ (including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after
+ post-command-hook and thus does not care about intermediate states.
+ +++
+ ** field-beginning and field-end now accept an additional optional
+ argument, LIMIT.
+ +++
+ ** define-abbrev now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG.  If
+ non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means that
+ it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the abbrevs.
+ Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always specify this
+ flag.
+ ---
+ ** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
+ ---
+ ** The function insert-string is now obsolete.
+ ---
+ ** The precedence of file-name-handlers has been changed.
+ Instead of blindly choosing the first handler that matches,
+ find-file-name-handler now gives precedence to a file-name handler
+ that matches near the end of the file name.  More specifically, the
+ handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen.
+ In case of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.
+ ---
+ ** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
+ Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
+ bindings of the parent keymap.
+ ---
+ ** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
+ If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
+ (see jit-lock-defer-contextually), then all of that text will
+ be refontified.  This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
+ depends on text several lines further down (and when font-lock-multiline
+ is not appropriate to solve that problem).  For example in Perl:
+       s{
+               foo
+       }{
+               bar
+       }e
+ Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
+ text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a jit-lock-defer-multiline
+ property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
+ refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.
+ ---
+ ** describe-vector now takes a second argument `describer' which is
+ called to print the entries' values.  It defaults to `princ'.
+ ** defcustom and other custom declarations now use a default group
+ (the last prior group defined in the same file) when no :group was given.
+ +++
+ ** emacsserver now runs pre-command-hook and post-command-hook when
+ it receives a request from emacsclient.
+ ---
+ ** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
+ Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
+ than 3 levels of nesting.
+ ---
+ ** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
+ property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
+ it in that buffer.
+ ---
+ ** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
+ properties from surrounding text.
+ +++
+ ** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final
+ element, if the last match was on a buffer.  `set-match-data'
+ accepts such a list for restoring the match state.
+ +++
+ ** New function `buffer-local-value'.
+ This function returns the buffer-local binding of VARIABLE (a symbol)
+ in buffer BUFFER.  If VARIABLE does not have a buffer-local binding in
+ buffer BUFFER, it returns the default value of VARIABLE instead.
+ ---
+ ** New function `text-clone-create'.  Text clones are chunks of text
+ that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
+ clone to the other.
+ +++
+ ** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
+ *** the FACENAME returned in font-lock-keywords can be a list
+ of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set
+ other properties than `face'.
+ *** font-lock-extra-managed-props can be set to make sure those extra
+ properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.
+ ---
+ ** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
+ or `bg:COLOR' has been removed.  Lisp programs should use the
+ `defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use
+ the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background
+ directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face.
+ +++
+ ** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
+ are used by define-derived-mode to make sure the mode hook for the
+ parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.
+ +++
+ ** define-minor-mode now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments
+ and simply passes them to defcustom, if applicable.
+ +++
+ ** define-derived-mode by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
+ It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.
+ +++
+ ** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
+ to test/provide subfeatures.  Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
+ and runs any code associated with the provided feature.
+ +++
+ ** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
+ ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
+ `.emacs' are treated as extensionless.
+ +++
+ ** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
+ user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer.  Function `user-full-name'
+ accepts a float as UID parameter.
+ ---
+ ** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.
+ +++
+ ** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in elisp files is now obeyed.
+ +++
+ ** The Emacs Lisp byte-compiler now displays the actual line and
+ character position of errors, where possible.  Additionally, the form
+ of its warning and error messages have been brought more in line with
+ the output of other GNU tools.
+ +++
+ ** New functions `keymap-prompt' and `current-active-maps'.
+ ---
+ ** New function `describe-buffer-bindings'.
+ +++
+ ** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
+ searching for an executable resp. an elisp file.
+ +++
+ ** Variable aliases have been implemented:
+ *** defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]
+ This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
+ symbol BASE-VAR.  This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
+ returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
+ changes the value of BASE-VAR.
+ DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
+ the same documentation as BASE-VAR.
+ *** indirect-variable VARIABLE
+ This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
+ of VARIABLE.  If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
+ defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.
+ It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
+ variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.
+ +++
+ ** Functions from `post-gc-hook' are run at the end of garbage
+ collection.  The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
+ +++
+ ** If the second argument to `copy-file' is the name of a directory,
+ the file is copied to that directory instead of signaling an error.
+ +++
+ ** The variables most-positive-fixnum and most-negative-fixnum
+ hold the largest and smallest possible integer values.
+ ---
+ ** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
+ The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
+ formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.
+ ** Functions y-or-n-p, read-char, read-key-sequence and the like, that
+ display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt
+ using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.
+ ** New function x-send-client-message sends a client message when
+ running under X.
+ ** Arguments for remove-overlays are now optional, so that you can remove
+ all overlays in the buffer by just calling (remove-overlay).
+ ** New packages:
+ *** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to
+ GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but
+ there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the
+ state of your program.  It separates the input/output of your program from
+ that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar.  It also uses features of
+ Emacs 21 such as the display margin for breakpoints, and the toolbar.
+ Use M-x gdba to start GDB-UI.
+ *** The new package syntax.el provides an efficient way to find the
+ current syntactic context (as returned by parse-partial-sexp).
+ *** The new package bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
+ binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
+ data structures.
+ *** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
+ This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.
+ *** The new package button.el implements simple and fast `clickable buttons'
+ in emacs buffers.  `buttons' are much lighter-weight than the `widgets'
+ implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that doesn't
+ require the full power of widgets.  Emacs uses buttons for such things
+ as help and apropos buffers.
+ * Installation changes in Emacs 21.3
+ ** Support for GNU/Linux on little-endian MIPS and on IBM S390 has
+ been added.
+ * Changes in Emacs 21.3
+ ** The obsolete C mode (c-mode.el) has been removed to avoid problems
+ with Custom.
+ ** UTF-16 coding systems are available, encoding the same characters
+ as mule-utf-8.
+ ** There is a new language environment for UTF-8 (set up automatically
+ in UTF-8 locales).
+ ** Translation tables are available between equivalent characters in
+ different Emacs charsets -- for instance `e with acute' coming from the
+ Latin-1 and Latin-2 charsets.  User options `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'
+ and `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' respectively turn on translation
+ between ISO 8859 character sets (`unification') on encoding
+ (e.g. writing a file) and decoding (e.g. reading a file).  Note that
+ `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is useful and safe, but
+ `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' can cause text to change when you read
+ it and write it out again without edits, so it is not generally advisable.
+ By default `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is turned on.
+ ** In Emacs running on the X window system, the default value of
+ `selection-coding-system' is now `compound-text-with-extensions'.
+ If you want the old behavior, set selection-coding-system to
+ compound-text, which may be significantly more efficient.  Using
+ compound-text-with-extensions seems to be necessary only for decoding
+ text from applications under XFree86 4.2, whose behaviour is actually
+ contrary to the compound text specification.
+ * Installation changes in Emacs 21.2
+ ** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 has been added.
+ ** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.
+ * Changes in Emacs 21.2
+ ** Emacs now supports compound-text extended segments in X selections.
+ X applications can use `extended segments' to encode characters in
+ compound text that belong to character sets which are not part of the
+ list of approved standard encodings for X, e.g. Big5.  To paste
+ selections with such characters into Emacs, use the new coding system
+ compound-text-with-extensions as the value of selection-coding-system.
+ ** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
+ were changed.
+ ** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
+ now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.
+ ** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
+ initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
+ instead of using default-major-mode.
+ ** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
+ like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
+ as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned.  If it is t
+ (the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
+ visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry.  If this option
+ is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
+ to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.
+ This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
+ * Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.2
+ ** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
+ have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
+ and the latter now controls scrolling down.
+ ** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
+ be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.
+ * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
+ See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
+ fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
+ charsets in this release.
+ ** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
+ ** Support for LynxOS has been added.
+ ** There are new configure options associated with the support for
+ images and toolkit scrollbars.  Use the --help option in `configure'
+ to list them.
+ ** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
+ support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5.  This increases the
+ maximum buffer size.  See etc/MACHINES for instructions.  Changes to
+ build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
+ necessary changes to unexec.
+ ** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
+ Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
+ ** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
+ Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
+ ** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP.  You can turn this off using
+ the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
+ ** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
+ all of the new display features described below.  The port currently
+ lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support.  See the
+ "Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
+ description of aspects specific to the Mac.
+ ** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
+ new display features described below.
+ * Changes in Emacs 21.1
+ ** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
+ The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
+ Italic text can be used without redisplay problems.  Fonts containing
+ oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
+ of a font can be used.  Images of various formats can be displayed in
+ the text.
+ ** Emacs has a new face implementation.
+ The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
+ font.  Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
+ height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
+ These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
+ specify a font.
+ Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
+ These terminal capabilities are auto-detected.  Details can be found
+ under Lisp changes, below.
+ ** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
+ Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
+ Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
+ the terminal supports it.  Faces with a weight less than normal and
+ italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
+ Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible.  Other face
+ attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
+ on terminals.
+ The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
+ supported on character terminals.
+ Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
+ the colors supported by the terminal.  This means you could have the
+ same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
+ a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.
+ ** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.
+ ** Sound support
+ Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
+ driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver).  Currently
+ supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
+ You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
+ sound support.
+ ** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
+ If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
+ longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
+ is on a frame of its own.  You can control resizing and the maximum
+ minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:
+ - User option: max-mini-window-height
+ Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.  If a float, it specifies a
+ fraction of the mini-window frame's height.  If an integer, it
+ specifies a number of lines.
+ Default is 0.25.
+ - User option: resize-mini-windows
+ How to resize mini-windows.  If nil, don't resize.  If t, always
+ resize to fit the size of the text.  If `grow-only', let mini-windows
+ grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
+ again.
+ Default is `grow-only'.
+ ** LessTif support.
+ Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
+ <http://www.lesstif.org>).  You will need version 0.92.26, or later.
+ ** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
+ When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
+ from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
+ non-nil.
+ ** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.
+ When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
+ now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
+ file to visit.  File->Save As also pops up that dialog.
+ ** Toolkit scroll bars.
+ Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available.  When configured for
+ LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar.  Otherwise, when
+ configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
+ bar if Xaw3d is available.  You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
+ bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
+ Emacs.
+ When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
+ Xaw3d is compiled on your system.  If the Makefile generated from
+ Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
+ Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
+ define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it.  Take
+ `s/freebsd.h' as an example.
+ Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
+ a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
+ directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
+ different systems).  You will find files `*.cf' there.  If your
+ system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
+ add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
+ The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
+ `float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
+ This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
+ imake configuration file contains the necessary information.  Since
+ Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
+ ** Tool bar support.
+ Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  For details
+ of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
+ changes.  Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
+ displayed and is on by default.  The appearance of the bar is improved
+ if Emacs has been built with XPM image support.  Otherwise monochrome
+ icons will be used.
+ To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
+ for specific modes (with copyright assignments).
+ ** Tooltips.
+ Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
+ mouse position.  The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them.  You can
+ turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
+ Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging.  If activated,
+ variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
+ the mouse in source buffers.  You can customize various aspects of the
+ tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
+ ** Automatic Hscrolling
+ Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
+ `automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default).  This setting can be
+ customized.
+ If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
+ scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
+ for automatic horizontal scrolling.  Automatic scrolling will scroll
+ the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
+ to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.
+ ** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
+ of its own.  By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
+ solid; otherwise, it is hollow.  The user-option
+ `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
+ cursor in non-selected windows.  If nil, no cursor is shown, if
+ non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.
+ ** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
+ truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike.  The
+ foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
+ customizing face `fringe'.
+ ** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
+ You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
+ In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
+ appearance of the mode line.  (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
+ occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
+ the window to be partially obscured.)
+ The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
+ versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
+ However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
+ ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.
+ ** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
+ Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
+ systems which support the mouse.  Moving the mouse to a
+ mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
+ mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
+ displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
+ have enabled one.
+ Currently, the following actions have been defined:
+ - Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.
+ - Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.
+ - Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
+ `*') toggles the status.
+ - Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.
+ ** Hourglass pointer
+ Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X.  You can
+ turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
+ ** Blinking cursor
+ M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
+ terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'.  Blinking
+ and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
+ the group `cursor'.
+ ** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
+ This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
+ generally faster.  It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
+ See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
+ details.
+ Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
+ have to do anything to activate it.
+ ** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.
+ The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
+ determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.
+ On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
+ according to the keyboard used.  If the keyboard has both a Backspace
+ key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
+ option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
+ delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward.  On
+ keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
+ keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
+ set to nil, and these keys delete backward.
+ If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
+ a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
+ Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
+ `keyboard-translate'.  The former functionality of C-h is available on
+ the F1 key.  You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
+ terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.
+ Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
+ to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.
+ ** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
+ changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
+ buffer by default.
+ ** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
+ current line, respectively.  C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
+ beginning and end of the buffer.
+ ** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files.  If the
+ recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
+ signaled.
+ ** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
+ file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
+ ** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
+ compiled with Emacs.  Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
+ this behavior.
+ The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
+ compiler.  Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
+ Emacs dump core.
+ ** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
+ When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
+ widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus.  When configured for
+ Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
+ ** The menu bar configuration has changed.  The new configuration is
+ more CUA-compliant.  The most significant change is that Options is
+ now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
+ ** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
+ using that menu.
+ ** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
+ When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
+ whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'.  Trailing whitespace is
+ defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line.  To avoid busy
+ highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
+ displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
+ whitespace.
+ ** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
+ all frames except the selected one.
+ ** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
+ let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.
+ ** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
+ header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
+ so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
+ This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
+ `Info-use-header-line'.
+ ** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
+ have been added.  They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
+ `de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'.  Postscript files are included.
+ ** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.
+ ** A reference card for Dired has been added.  Its name is
+ `dired-ref.tex'.  A French translation is available in
+ `fr-drdref.tex'.
+ ** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently.  Now if the menu bar is not
+ displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
+ menu bar.  If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
+ menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
+ ** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.
+ You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
+ because it now contains a version-dependent component.  You can still
+ use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
+ `~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.
+ ** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
+ point in a pop-up window.
+ ** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
+ under XFree86.  To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
+ customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.
+ The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
+ determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
+ ** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
+ sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
+ (On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
+ You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.
+ ** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
+ ** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
+ to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
+ ** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
+ trailing whitespace within the current restriction.  You can also add
+ this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.
+ ** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
+ be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
+ non-nil.
+ ** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
+ set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
+ file that is already visited under a different name.
+ ** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
+ nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.
+ ** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
+ and displays information about that.
+ ** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
+ expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
+ This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
+ determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
+ mode from the file's name.  If it matches, the file is assumed to be
+ interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
+ regular expression.  The mode is then determined as the mode
+ associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
+ ** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
+ suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
+ ** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
+ buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
+ contents.  (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
+ by M-x prefer-coding-system.)  Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
+ insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
+ the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
+ Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
+ ** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
+ been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
+ ** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
+ system for keyboard input.
+ ** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
+ coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
+ escape sequences.  If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
+ such escape sequences.  The default value is nil, and it is
+ recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
+ always want to read any escape code verbatim.  If you just want to
+ read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
+ (`universal-coding-system-argument').  For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
+ RET C-x C-f filename RET.
+ ** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
+ environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
+ ** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
+ displays all characters in that character set.
+ ** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
+ coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
+ ** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
+ and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
+ LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
+ ** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
+ Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
+ 8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
+ GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
+ 8859-15.  See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
+ There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
+ and Polish `slash'.
+ ** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
+ These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
+ of the tutorial.
+ ** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
+ function keys are changed as follows.  This is to conform to "Emacs
+ Lisp Coding Convention".
+     new  command                            old-binding
+     ---  -------                            -----------
+     f3   ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer         f5
+     S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region         f5
+     C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5
+     f4   ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer         unchanged
+     S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region         unchanged
+     C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged
+     S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation           f3
+     S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel                 f6
+     S-f7 ethio-replace-space                f7
+     S-f8 ethio-input-special-character      f8
+     S-f9 ethio-replace-space                unchanged
+     C-f9 ethio-toggle-space                 f2
+ ** There are new Leim input methods.
+ New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
+ "greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
+ package.
+ ** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed.  Now the
+ rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
+ typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively.  Rules for translating
+ "=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted.  Now, to input
+ "`", you must type "=q".
+ ** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
+ 8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
+ more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
+ empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
+ window system).  Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
+ on.
+ ** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
+ on the context.  M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
+ defined in newcomment.el.  You can choose different styles of region
+ commenting with the variable `comment-style'.
+ ** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
+ `display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
+ indicator used by the display-time package.  On a suitable display the
+ indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
+ ** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
+ on the display using several methods
+ - By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS.  PIXELS must be
+ a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
+ be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
+ - By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'.  This is
+ equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.
+ - By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
+ - By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'.  The meaning is
+ the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
+ ** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
+ an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer.  The
+ command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
+ does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
+ ** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
+ `make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
+ typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
+ ** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
+ characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
+ ** New X resources recognized
+ *** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
+ whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode.  Synchronous mode
+ is useful for debugging X problems.
+ Example:
+   emacs.synchronous: true
+ *** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
+ visual Emacs should use.  The resource's value should be a string of
+ the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
+ and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number.  Valid
+ visual class names are
+   TrueColor
+   PseudoColor
+   DirectColor
+   StaticColor
+   GrayScale
+   StaticGray
+ Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
+ `pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
+ meaning.
+ The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
+ supported on your display, and which depths they have.  If
+ `visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
+ visual.
+ Example:
+   emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
+ *** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
+ specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
+ default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor.  Recognized
+ resource values are `true' or `on'.
+ Example:
+   emacs.privateColormap: true
+ ** Faces and frame parameters.
+ There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
+ Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
+ `scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
+ `scroll-bar' and vice versa.  Setting frame parameter `border-color'
+ sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa.  Likewise
+ for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
+ parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
+ Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
+ `default' face and vice versa.  Setting frame parameters
+ `foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
+ `default' face and vice versa.
+ ** New face `menu'.
+ The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
+ ** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
+ The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
+ colors.  Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
+ correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
+ the screen gamma of a frame's display.
+ PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2.  smaller values result
+ in darker colors.  You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
+ color displays.  The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
+ The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
+ `ScreenGamma'.
+ ** Tabs and variable-width text.
+ Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
+ defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
+ independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
+ Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
+ ** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
+ *** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
+       emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
+ The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
+ LessTif/Motif one.
+ *** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
+ LessTif and Motif.
+ ** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
+ As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
+ drawn as wide as that tab on the display.  To do this, set
+ `x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
+ ** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
+ bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).
+ This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
+ `indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value.  The default value of this
+ variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
+ ** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
+ When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
+ value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
+ number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
+ fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
+ When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
+ value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
+ number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
+ fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
+ ** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
+ M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
+ M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
+ buffers.
+ ** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
+ ** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
+ abbreviated file names.  Abbreviations can be customized by changing
+ `directory-abbrev-alist'.
+ ** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
+ the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
+ forced on.  The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
+ value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
+ users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
+ even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
+ The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
+ ** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
+ notably at the end of lines.
+ All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
+ spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
+ ** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.
+ ** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
+ but inserts text instead of replacing it.
+ ** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
+ query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
+ after each match to get the replacement text.
+ ** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
+ you edit the replacement string.
+ ** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
+ (if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
+ in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.
+ ** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
+ ** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
+ to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
+ ** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
+ the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
+ MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips.  Many standard menus
+ displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
+ --
+ ** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
+ read mail from the menu etc.
+ ** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
+ This environment variable was used when creating lock files.  Emacs on
+ MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore.  This change was made
+ before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.
+ ** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
+ MS-DOS version of Emacs.
+ ** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
+ of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
+ This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
+ correctly.  One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
+ but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
+ of Emacs.
+ ** Customize changes
+ *** Customize now supports comments about customized items.  Use the
+ `State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
+ M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value.  Note that
+ customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
+ earlier versions of Emacs.
+ *** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
+ Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
+ default).
+ *** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
+ does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
+ file.  This is because saving customizations from such a session would
+ wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
+ file.
+ ** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
+ does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
+ avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
+ already in your init file.
+ ** New features in evaluation commands
+ *** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
+ modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
+ print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
+ customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
+ eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
+ The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
+ respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
+ the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
+ the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...'  is
+ printed).
+ <RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
+ printed representation and an unabbreviated one.
+ The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
+ during evaluation produces a backtrace.
+ *** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
+ code when called with a prefix argument.
+ ** CC mode changes.
+ Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
+ current user setups (although it's believed that these
+ incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
+ However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
+ back depending on user feedback.  Therefore there's no forward
+ compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
+ release.
+ *** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
+ CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
+ is entered.  This has now been removed since it caused too much
+ confusion.
+ However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
+ default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
+ java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before).  So you won't
+ notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.
+ *** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
+ Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:
+ space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
+ parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".
+ compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
+ parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
+ It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
+ style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".
+ *** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
+ Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
+ "electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
+ earlier statement.  An example:
+ for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
+   if (a[i])
+     res += a[i]->offset;
+ else
+ Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
+ continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
+ the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
+ possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
+ the preceding "if".
+ CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
+ by default.
+ *** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
+ Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
+ meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
+ documentation or other natural language text.
+ The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
+ contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
+ the short strings that often reside inside statements.  Multiline
+ strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
+ to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
+ commands, etc.  Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
+ sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.
+ *** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
+ Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
+ source, like Javadoc in Java.  Pike mode now recognize this markup in
+ comment prefixes and paragraph starts.
+ *** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
+ When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
+ line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does.  This
+ change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
+ Pike mode only.
+ *** Better handling of syntactic errors.
+ The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
+ improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
+ stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
+ following lines in a sane way (most of the time).  An "else" with no
+ matching "if" is handled similarly.  If an error is discovered while
+ indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
+ is reported afterwards.
+ *** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
+ A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
+ returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.
+ *** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
+ Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
+ on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
+ can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble.  Some
+ code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
+ modularity somewhat.  Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
+ groundwork.
+ *** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
+ This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
+ of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
+ non-advanced users.  If you know what this variable does you might
+ want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
+ have to bother.
+ Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
+ situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
+ and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
+ If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
+ the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
+ by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
+ *** New initialization procedure for the style system.
+ When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
+ variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
+ take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style.  This
+ is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
+ settings would override the global settings.  This change makes it
+ possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
+ Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
+ By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
+ special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
+ the style system.  This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
+ of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
+ above.
+ Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
+ when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
+ function.  When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
+ call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
+ then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
+ values.  In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
+ only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
+ function documentation for more info.
+ The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
+ especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
+ with setq in their .emacs files.  On the other hand, the new system is
+ intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
+ such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot.  This new system
+ is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
+ configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
+ global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
+ (Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
+ **** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
+ This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
+ This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
+ variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
+ completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
+ the style is first initialized.  This means it now defaults to the
+ empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
+ style system.
+ **** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
+ In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
+ c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
+ as far as possible.
+ *** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
+ CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
+ surrounding code, especially inside comments.  For details see the new
+ chapter about this in the manual.
+ **** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
+ The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
+ recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments.  It's
+ primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
+ adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
+ **** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
+ This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
+ c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
+ **** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
+ This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
+ It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
+ Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
+ A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
+ inside CC Mode.
+ Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
+ causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
+ the empty string (which it commonly does).  A patch for that is
+ available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
+ cc-mode/).
+ **** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
+ `c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
+ enders were filled, are not used anymore.  The new version of the
+ function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
+ they were before the filling.
+ **** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
+ The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
+ specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
+ literals.
+ **** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
+ It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
+ prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments.  If
+ you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
+ this function.
+ *** Fixes to IDL mode.
+ It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
+ to IDL.  E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
+ struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
+ Thanks to Eric Eide.
+ *** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
+ It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
+ opening braces hangs and when they don't.
+ **** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
+ *** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
+ See their docstrings for details.  c-lineup-template-args does a
+ better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
+ and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
+ *** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
+ previous line.  It used to instead preserve comments that started in
+ the column specified by comment-column.
+ *** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
+ In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
+ is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
+ prefix.  This is intended for the type of large block comments that
+ contain documentation with its own formatting.  In these you normally
+ don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
+ *** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
+ instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
+ arguments.
+ *** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
+ *** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
+ c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
+ c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
+ variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
+ Provan).
+ *** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
+ ** Dired changes
+ *** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
+ command will delete non-empty directories recursively.  The default
+ is, delete only empty directories.
+ *** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
+ command will copy directories recursively.  The default is, do not
+ copy directories recursively.
+ *** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
+ in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
+ the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
+ *** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
+ replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
+ directory.
+ *** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
+ a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
+ This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
+ will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
+ accurate or inaccurate as it is.
+ *** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
+ from ls switches.
+ *** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
+ of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
+ which the user can then edit.  This only works if there is a single
+ source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.
+ ** Gnus changes.
+ The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
+ four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
+ internationalization and mail-fetching.
+ *** The mail-fetching functions have changed.  See the manual for the
+ many details.  In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.
+ If you used procmail like in
+ (setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
+ (setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
+ (setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
+ (setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")
+ this now has changed to
+ (setq mail-sources
+       '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
+                  :suffix ".in")))
+ More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
+ Getting Mail -> Mail Sources
+ *** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader.  This affects many parts of
+ Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands.  See the manual for details.
+ Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
+ longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.
+ The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
+ use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
+ installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.
+ *** Gnus has also been multilingualized.  This also affects too many
+ parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables.  There
+ are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
+ now just a compatibility layer.
+ *** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
+ Gnus facilities.
+ *** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
+ called to position point.
+ *** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
+ summary buffers and NOV files.
+ *** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed.  Instead, a number
+ of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.
+ *** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
+ subtly different manner.
+ *** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
+ and nnultimate.  nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
+ ever-changing layouts.
+ *** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.
+ *** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.
+ ** Changes in Texinfo mode.
+ *** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
+ macros
+   Key binding Macro
+   -------------------------
+   C-c C-c C-s @strong
+   C-c C-c C-e @emph
+   C-c C-c u   @uref
+   C-c C-c q     @quotation
+   C-c C-c m   @email
+   C-c C-o       @<block> ... @end <block>
+   M-RET         @item
+ *** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.
+ ** Changes in Outline mode.
+ There is now support for Imenu to index headings.  A new command
+ `outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
+ the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
+ ** Changes to Emacs Server
+ *** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
+ with buffers when done with them.  If non-nil, the default, buffers
+ are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
+ Emacs Server.  If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
+ buffers to kill, as before.
+ Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
+ i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
+ this way.
+ ** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
+ of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.
+ ** Changes to Show Paren mode.
+ *** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
+ The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
+ use.  Default is 1000.
+ ** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
+ groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
+ ** Changes to hideshow.el
+ *** Generalized block selection and traversal
+ A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
+ and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
+ serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
+ See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.
+ *** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
+ hidden blocks are temporarily shown.  The variable `hs-headline' can
+ be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
+ the open block.
+ *** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
+ function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
+ the normal block-hiding function.
+ *** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.
+ *** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
+ roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode.  Notably, the prefix
+ for all bindings is now `C-c @'.  For details, see the documentation
+ for `hs-minor-mode'.
+ *** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
+ hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.
+ ** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
+ *** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
+ an entry appropriate for the file's parent.  This is useful for making
+ log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
+ **** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
+ current buffer.
+ *** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
+ in a log file.
+ *** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
+ entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
+ Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
+ version number is performed based on regular expressions from
+ `change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
+ Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
+ *** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.
+ ** Changes to cmuscheme
+ *** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
+ `cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.
+ ** Changes in Font Lock
+ *** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
+ font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.
+ *** Multi-line patterns are now supported.  Modes using this, should
+ set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.
+ *** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
+ the face used for each string/comment.
+ *** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
+ Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".
+ ** Changes to Shell mode
+ *** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
+ to use, which defaults to "*shell*".  When used interactively, a
+ non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
+ prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).
+ ** Comint (subshell) changes
+ These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
+ include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.
+ *** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
+ Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
+ BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
+ beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
+ respectively).  This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
+ the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.
+ *** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
+ to distinguish prompts from user-input.  Instead, it notices which
+ parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
+ user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
+ this information.  Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
+ respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner.  To disable this
+ feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
+ `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.
+ *** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
+ and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
+ *** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
+ buffer name from the mini-buffer.  The command is sent to the current
+ buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
+ The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
+ M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
+ the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
+ *** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
+ and support choosing previous input with mouse-2.  To control these features,
+ see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
+ *** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
+ saves the output from the most recent command to a file.  With a prefix
+ argument, it appends to the file.
+ *** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
+ (usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
+ compatibility.
+ *** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
+ ring (history).
+ *** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
+ identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
+ strings, starting with a `#'.  The default value of this variable is "^#".
+ ** Changes to Rmail mode
+ *** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
+ set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
+ receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender, the
+ recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.  If nil, the default,
+ `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
+ as correspondent.
+ Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
+ mails sent by you under different user names.  Then it should be a
+ regexp matching your mail addresses.
+ *** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
+ to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
+ Rmail file.  You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
+ with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p.  Default is to ask
+ for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
+ *** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
+ like `j'.
+ *** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
+ specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
+ digest message.
+ *** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
+ in which folder to put messages automatically.
+ *** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
+ with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
+ due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.
+ ** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
+ an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.
+ ** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
+ use the -f option when sending mail.
+ ** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
+ current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
+ the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
+ This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
+ by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
+ displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.
+ If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
+ other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
+ `rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.
+ ** Changes to TeX mode
+ *** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
+ `latex-mode'.
+ *** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.
+ *** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.
+ *** Added support for outline-minor-mode.
+ ** Changes to RefTeX mode
+ *** RefTeX has new support for index generation.  Index entries can be
+     created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
+     Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
+     macro.  `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
+     sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index.  Entries
+     can be edited from that buffer.
+ *** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
+     items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
+     `A' to use all marked entries).
+ *** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
+     memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
+ *** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
+     in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
+     to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
+     been cited.
+ ** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
+ The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
+ semicolons in a heading line.  Toplevel forms starting with a `('
+ in column 1 are always made leaves.
+ ** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
+ has the following new features:
+ *** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
+ may match text spanning multiple lines.  For example, some people like
+ to have the filename and date on separate lines.  The new variable
+ time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
+ *** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file.  This
+ feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
+ file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
+ compiled binary.  The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
+ pattern.  The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
+ defaults to 1.
+ ** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
+ file names.
+ ** Ispell changes
+ *** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
+ transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active.  Otherwise it
+ spell-checks the current buffer.
+ *** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
+ added.
+ *** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
+ correction is made and re-checked.
+ *** Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definitions have been added.
+ *** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
+ cases.
+ *** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
+ on syntax errors.
+ *** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
+ end of the buffer.
+ *** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.
+ ** Makefile mode changes
+ *** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
+ *** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
+ Fontlock mode is active.
+ ** Isearch changes
+ *** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
+ so that searches can be resumed.
+ *** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
+ respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
+ that started the search.
+ *** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
+ selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
+ *** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
+ Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
+ `isearch-lazy-highlight'.  When active, all matches for the current
+ search string are highlighted.  The current match is highlighted as
+ before using face `isearch' or `region'.  All other matches are
+ highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
+ `secondary-selection'.
+ The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
+ will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
+ Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
+ using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
+ usual snappy response.
+ If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
+ matches are automatically cleared when you end the search.  If it is
+ set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
+ isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
+ ** VC Changes
+ VC has been overhauled internally.  It is now modular, making it
+ easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends.  (See Lisp
+ Changes for details on the new structure.)  As a result, the mechanism
+ to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
+ changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
+ `vc-handled-backends'.  Its value is a list of symbols that identify
+ version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS).  When finding a file,
+ each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
+ file is registered in that backend.
+ When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
+ backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
+ directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
+ master files exists).  If none of the backends is responsible, then
+ the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
+ As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.
+ The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
+ still supports it for backward compatibility.  To define templates for
+ RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
+ vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates.  (There is no such feature under CVS
+ where it doesn't make sense.)
+ The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
+ obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
+ `CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.
+ *** General Changes
+ The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
+ checks are always done now.
+ VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
+ operations.
+ `vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
+ `vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
+ `vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.
+ The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
+ first revision number.  This means that any recent changes on the
+ current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
+ the working file (``merge news'').
+ The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
+ (vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
+ downwards.
+ *** Multiple Backends
+ VC now lets you register files in more than one backend.  This is
+ useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
+ repository.  You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
+ commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
+ local RCS archives.
+ To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
+ should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
+ backend (CVS) should come later.  (The default value of
+ `vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)
+ You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
+ C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
+ a revision number).  VC registers the file in the more local backend
+ if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
+ current revision number from the more remote backend.
+ If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
+ another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend).  This does not change
+ any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file.  Use this to
+ pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.
+ After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
+ changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET.  In this case, the
+ local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
+ buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.
+ *** Changes for CVS
+ There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'.  If it is `t' (the
+ default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
+ remote repositories.  The state of such files is then only determined
+ by heuristics and past information.  `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
+ regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
+ that match it are treated locally.  If the variable is nil, then VC
+ queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.
+ If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
+ repository versions.  This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
+ revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
+ any repository interactions at all.  The name of a local version
+ backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
+ number.  This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
+ (vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot.  As a matter
+ of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
+ the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
+ automatically after commit.  (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
+ since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
+ name.)
+ If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
+ repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
+ If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
+ commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
+ current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
+ entire directory tree.
+ The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
+ "cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'.  (This option
+ is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
+ "watched" by other developers.)
+ The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
+ (vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS.  If you give
+ an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
+ starting at the given directory.
+ *** Lisp Changes in VC
+ VC has been restructured internally to make it modular.  You can now
+ add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
+ library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
+ then telling VC to use that library.  For example, to add support for
+ a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
+ provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
+ of vc.el for a detailed list of them).  To make VC use that library,
+ you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
+ `SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.
+ ** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
+ SUBS command and EDT scroll margins.  It also works with more
+ terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
+ See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.
+ ** New modes and packages
+ *** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
+ automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
+ the default is not applicable.
+ *** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
+ rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard.  The
+ shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.
+ Features are:
+ - Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
+   drawn, like this:   |         \ /
+                     --+--        X
+                       |         / \
+ - Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
+   result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse.  If
+   your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
+   pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off.  You will
+   then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
+   you are drawing.
+ - Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
+   poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.
+ - Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
+   flood-filling.
+ - Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
+   regions.  Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
+   turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
+   artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.
+ - Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
+   also do without the mouse.
+ - Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
+   reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
+   and circles are then drawn square/round.  Note, that once your
+   ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
+   the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.
+ - Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:
+     lines             straight-lines
+     rectangles                squares
+     poly-lines                straight poly-lines
+     ellipses          circles
+     text (see-thru)   text (overwrite)
+     spray-can         setting size for spraying
+     vaporize line     vaporize lines
+     erase characters  erase rectangles
+   Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
+   diagonally.  Plain lines go in any direction.  The operations in
+   the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
+   drawing.
+   It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
+   (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
+   straight and connected at their endpoints.  Vaporizing is inspired
+   by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <address@hidden>.
+ - Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
+   can be turned off).
+ *** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
+ implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp.  Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
+ It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
+ functions and external commands using the same syntax.  It supports
+ history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc.  It
+ will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to.  And since most of
+ the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
+ rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
+ all within the scope of your Emacs process.
+ *** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
+ intervals.  You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
+ typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
+ on certain projects.
+ *** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
+ of interactively entered regexps.  For example,
+   M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
+ will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
+ face.  New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
+ typed.  `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
+ Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
+ appropriate faces is provided.  The regexps can be written into the
+ current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
+ corresponding file is read.  There are commands to highlight matches
+ to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.
+ *** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
+ Emacs is idle.
+ *** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
+ fragments in accordance with the current major mode.
+ *** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
+ parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
+ *** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
+ package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
+ be more robust while offering the same functionality.
+ `comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
+ comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.
+ *** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
+ facilities tailored for use with C++.  It is documented in a
+ separate Texinfo file.
+ *** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
+ by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
+ provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS.  It comes with
+ `log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
+ enter check-in log messages.
+ *** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
+ without invoking external programs.
+ The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
+ and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does.  Unlike
+ `manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
+ is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
+ Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
+ The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
+ page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
+ *** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
+ authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
+ The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
+ the regexp editor popping up in a separate window.  Matching text in
+ the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
+ Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
+ even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
+ single step.
+ On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
+ matching parens to make them stand out.  On such a setup you will
+ probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
+ contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
+ *** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
+ unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable.  It works as glasses, without
+ actually modifying content of a buffer.
+ *** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
+ PostScript.
+ Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
+ The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
+     ;         comment (until end of line)
+     A         non-terminal
+     "C"               terminal
+     ?C?               special
+     $A                default non-terminal
+     $"C"      default terminal
+     $?C?      default special
+     A = B.    production (A is the header and B the body)
+     C D               sequence (C occurs before D)
+     C | D     alternative (C or D occurs)
+     A - B     exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
+     n * A     repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
+     (C)               group (expression C is grouped together)
+     [C]               optional (C may or not occurs)
+     C+                one or more occurrences of C
+     {C}+      one or more occurrences of C
+     {C}*      zero or more occurrences of C
+     {C}               zero or more occurrences of C
+     C / D     equivalent to: C {D C}*
+     {C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}*
+     {C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
+     {C || D}  equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
+ Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
+ *** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
+ align.  Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
+ determine where the columns should be split.  In C and C++, for
+ example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
+ equal signs of assignments.
+ *** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
+ paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
+ *** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
+ list-buffers or electric-buffer-list.  Use M-x bs-show to display a
+ buffer menu with this package.  See the Custom group `bs'.
+ *** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
+ *** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
+ replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe.  Actually, it
+ is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
+ and can be customized easily to get many more functions.  It should
+ not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
+ which answers different needs.
+ *** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
+ suspicious C and C++ constructions.  Currently, assignments inside
+ expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
+ course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
+ reference parameters are recognized.  The modes require font-lock mode
+ to be enabled.
+ *** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
+ containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
+ *** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
+ *** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
+ current line in the current buffer.  It also provides
+ `global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behavior in all buffers.
+ *** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
+ Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
+ `global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
+ disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
+ `comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers.  This
+ displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
+ and background colors.
+ *** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
+ Pascal) language.
+ *** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
+ the text at point.
+ *** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
+ *** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
+ *** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
+ whitespace in a file.
+ *** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
+ files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
+ (very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
+ interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
+ often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
+ uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
+ codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
+ *** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
+ Here is an example of columns:
+ horse apple   bus
+ dog   pineapple       car     EXTRA
+ porcupine     strawberry      airplane
+ Doing the following settings:
+    (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
+    (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
+    (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
+    (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
+ Selecting the lines above and typing:
+    M-x delimit-columns-region
+ It results:
+ [ horse    , apple     , bus     ,       ]
+ [ dog      , pineapple , car     , EXTRA ]
+ [ porcupine, strawberry, airplane,       ]
+ delim-col has the following options:
+    delimit-columns-str-before         Specify a string to be inserted
+                                       before all columns.
+    delimit-columns-str-separator      Specify a string to be inserted
+                                       between each column.
+    delimit-columns-str-after          Specify a string to be inserted
+                                       after all columns.
+    delimit-columns-separator          Specify a regexp which separates
+                                       each column.
+ delim-col has the following commands:
+    delimit-columns-region     Prettify all columns in a text region.
+    delimit-columns-rectangle  Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
+ *** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
+ operated on recently.  User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
+ menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
+ recent file list can be displayed:
+ - organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
+ - sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
+ - showing paths relative to the current default-directory
+ The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
+ dynamically change the menu appearance.
+ *** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
+ text.
+ *** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
+ of footnotes.  It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
+ specific to Message mode.
+ *** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
+ viewing/editing context diffs (patches).  It is selected for files
+ with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
+ *** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
+ interface to access directory servers using different directory
+ protocols.  It has a separate manual.
+ *** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
+ for Autoconf, selected automatically.
+ *** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
+ *** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
+ minibuffer with completion.
+ *** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
+ with the diary features.
+ *** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
+ numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
+ *** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
+ Fill mode.
+ *** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
+ facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer.  The main
+ difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
+ they can be profiled, debugged, etc.
+ *** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
+ It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
+ `.g'.
+ ** Changes in sort.el
+ The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
+ as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal.  The
+ new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
+ numeric base.
+ ** Changes to Ange-ftp
+ *** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
+ names cleanly.  It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
+ sign, e.g. `/address@hidden:mumble'.  (This syntax comes from EFS.)
+ *** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
+ ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
+ *** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
+ output ^M at the end of lines.
+ ** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
+ mode `iswitchb-mode'.
+ ** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
+ If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
+ `(msb-mode 1)'.
+ ** Flyspell mode has various new options.  See the `flyspell' Custom
+ group.
+ ** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
+ behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'.  The following values
+ are recognized:
+ `untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
+ `hungry'   -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
+ `all'      -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
+ nil        -- just delete one character.
+ Default value is `untabify'.
+ [This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]
+ ** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
+ symbol, not double-quoted.
+ ** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
+ version.  They are:  auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
+ profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc.  Their implementations have been
+ moved to lisp/obsolete.
+ ** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
+ To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
+ `auto-compression-mode' command.
+ ** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
+ `browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
+ `browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.
+ ** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
+ `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
+ ** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
+ operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.
+ ** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'.  It
+ is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.
+ ** The Strokes package has been updated.  If your Emacs has XPM
+ support, you can use it for pictographic editing.  In Strokes mode,
+ use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
+ buffer.  You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
+ M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer.  There is a
+ new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.
+ ** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
+ a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
+ ** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.
+ The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
+ file you are visiting in Hexl mode.
+ ** Shell script mode changes.
+ Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
+ derived from sh and rc.  The indentation style is customizable, and
+ sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
+ ** Etags changes.
+ *** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
+ *** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex.  It is now
+ possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
+ {lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
+ This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
+ a regular expression.  The manual contains details.
+ *** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
+ declarations when given the --declarations option.
+ *** In C++, tags are created for "operator".  The tags have the form
+ "operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
+ *** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
+ automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
+ `template' keywords.
+ *** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
+ C-like languages.  Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.
+ *** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
+ types.
+ *** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
+ *** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
+ *** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
+ are now tagged.
+ *** In makefiles, tags the targets.
+ *** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables.  my and local
+ variables are tagged.
+ *** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
+ *** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
+ for PSWrap.
+ ** Changes in etags.el
+ *** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
+ tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive.  The default
+ is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
+ *** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
+ the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
+ If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
+ FUNCTION TO-SEARCH).  For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
+ TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it.  TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
+ obarray, or symbol.  If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
+ TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
+ FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
+ List buffer.  It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
+ A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
+   '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
+     ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
+     ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
+ *** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
+ of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
+ *** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
+ names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
+ *** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
+ If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
+ /tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
+ "dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c".  If the tag matches the file name,
+ point will go to the beginning of the file.
+ *** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
+ auto-compression-mode is active.  You can tag (with Etags) and search
+ (with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.
+ *** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
+ in buffers where no match is found.  In buffers where a match is
+ found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.
+ ** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
+ remove text past column 72.  The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
+ appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
+ ** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
+ ** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
+ ** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
+ containing a list of regular expressions.  Buffers matching a regular
+ expression from that list, are not checked.
+ ** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
+ When you do C-x C-f /address@hidden:/path/file RET and edit the file,
+ and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
+ the buffer, just like for the local files.
+ ** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
+ ** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
+ displays local abbrevs, only.
+ ** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
+ paragraphs filled as you modify them.
+ ** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
+ may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair.  Its value
+ is measured in pixels.
+ ** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
+ to be visited as images.
+ ** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
+ were added to compile.el.
+ ** Withdrawn packages
+ *** mldrag.el has been removed.  mouse.el provides the same
+ functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
+ *** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
+ *** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
+ * Incompatible Lisp changes
+ There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
+ may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
+ See the sections below for details.
+ ** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
+ `(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
+ Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
+ to remove the properties of the copy.
+ ** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
+ which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
+ may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
+ these properties are active.
+ ** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
+ ranges may affect some code.
+ ** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
+ buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
+ make a difference to some code.
+ ** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
+ operates on the minibuffer.
+ ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
+ cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
+ different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
+ (previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
+ Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
+ character.  This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
+ multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
+ encoding (auto-saving does that, for example).  If a Lisp program
+ reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
+ sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
+ a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
+ the buffer as multibyte characters.
+ Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
+ MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'.  `no-conversion' is only
+ appropriate for reading truly binary files.
+ ** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
+ `after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail.  Use
+ `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.
+ ** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
+ long promised.  So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
+ such as `mapconcat'.
+ ** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
+ string.
+ ** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
+ extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
+ dimension-2 private charset.  User code which tries to add more than
+ one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
+ charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
+ the emacs-mule encoding.  Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
+ encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
+ probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.
+ ** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
+ Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
+ aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
+ not be used.  It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
+ on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
+ behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable.  It
+ turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
+ remove this variable in the near future.  Lisp programs are well
+ advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
+ will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.
+ * Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
+ (Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
+ ** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.
+ ** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
+ allows the animated display of strings.
+ ** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
+ interactive form of a function.
+ ** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
+ between custom options.  Example:
+   (defcustom default-input-method nil
+     "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
+   This is the input method activated automatically by the command
+   `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
+     :group 'mule
+     :type '(choice (const nil) string)
+     :set-after '(current-language-environment))
+ This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
+ current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
+ first in a custom-set-variables statement.
+ ** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
+ function execute-kbd-macro.  Functions on this hook are called with no
+ args.  The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
+ (signal or normal termination).
+ ** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
+ from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.
+ ** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
+ to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
+ ** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
+ alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.
+ ** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".
+ ** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
+ deleting the frame.  The hook is called with one arg, the frame
+ being deleted.
+ ** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.
+ ** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
+ If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
+ skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
+ with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
+ C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
+ charset.
+ ** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
+ the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
+ message.
+ ** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
+ expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.
+ ** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
+ with the more general `:mask' property.
+ ** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.
+ ** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
+ backslash.
+ ** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
+ is running in batch mode.  For example,
+   (message "%s" (read t))
+ will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
+ to standard output.
+ ** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
+ `kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
+ ** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
+ will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
+ frame or window.
+ ** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
+ were added
+ - Function: remove ELT SEQ
+ Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed.  SEQ must be
+ a list, vector, or string.  The comparison is done with `equal'.
+ - Function: remq ELT LIST
+ Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed.  The
+ comparison is done with `eq'.
+ ** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
+ ** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
+ has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
+ `key-and-value', in addition to `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
+ ** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
+ without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string".  It may
+ convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
+ ** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
+ or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
+ ** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
+ function was declared obsolete.
+ ** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
+ retained as an alias).
+ ** Easy-menu's :filter now works as in XEmacs.
+ It takes the unconverted (i.e. XEmacs) form of the menu and the result
+ is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
+ ** The new function `window-list' has been defined
+ - Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF
+ Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW.  FRAME nil or
+ omitted means use the selected frame.  WINDOW nil or omitted means use
+ the selected window.  MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
+ even if it isn't active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
+ minibuffer window only if it's active.  MINIBUF neither nil nor t
+ means never include the minibuffer window.
+ ** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows
+ - Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES 
+ Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
+ This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
+ calling PREDICATE on each one.  PREDICATE is called with a window as
+ argument.  The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
+ value is returned.  If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
+ returned.
+ Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
+ if not active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
+ it is active.  MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
+ minibuffer even if it is active.
+ Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
+ counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
+ too.  Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
+ and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
+ `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
+ entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
+ ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
+ ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
+ ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
+ ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
+ ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
+ If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
+ Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
+ ** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
+ event names in angle brackets.  When called with a second optional
+ argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
+ ** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
+ call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
+ message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
+ Default value is nil.
+ ** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
+ meaning no limit.
+ ** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
+ the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
+ numbers in the mode line.  The default is 200.
+ ** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
+ coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
+ DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
+ ** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
+ list of a primitive.
+ ** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.
+ ** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
+ buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
+ This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
+ than replacing the local map.
+ ** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
+ `after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
+ removed.  Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
+ instead.
+ ** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
+ ** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
+ as promised long ago.
+ ** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
+ ** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
+ for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
+ patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.
+ * Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
+ ** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
+ regular expressions.
+ - Function: rx-to-string SEXP
+ Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
+ - Macro: rx SEXP
+ Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
+ The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
+ notation.
+      matches string STRING literally.
+      matches character CHAR literally.
+ `not-newline'
+      matches any character except a newline.
+                       .
+ `anything'
+      matches any character
+ `(any SET)'
+      matches any character in SET.  SET may be a character or string.
+      Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
+ '(in SET)'
+      like `any'.
+ `(not (any SET))'
+      matches any character not in SET
+ `line-start'
+      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
+      in the text being matched
+ `line-end'
+      is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
+ `string-start'
+      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
+      string being matched against.
+ `string-end'
+      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
+      string being matched against.
+ `buffer-start'
+      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
+      buffer being matched against.
+ `buffer-end'
+      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
+      buffer being matched against.
+ `point'
+      matches the empty string, but only at point.
+ `word-start'
+      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
+      word.
+ `word-end'
+      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
+ `word-boundary'
+      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
+      word.
+ `(not word-boundary)'
+      matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
+      word.
+ `digit'
+      matches 0 through 9.
+ `control'
+      matches ASCII control characters.
+ `hex-digit'
+      matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
+ `blank'
+      matches space and tab only.
+ `graphic'
+      matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
+      space, and DEL.
+ `printing'
+      matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
+      and DEL.
+ `alphanumeric'
+      matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
+ `letter'
+      matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
+ `ascii'
+      matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
+ `nonascii'
+      matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
+ `lower'
+      matches anything lower-case.
+ `upper'
+      matches anything upper-case.
+ `punctuation'
+      matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+      it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
+ `space'
+      matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
+ `word'
+      matches anything that has word syntax.
+ `(syntax SYNTAX)'
+      matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
+      of the following symbols.
+      `whitespace'             (\\s- in string notation)
+      `punctuation'            (\\s.)
+      `word'                   (\\sw)
+      `symbol'                 (\\s_)
+      `open-parenthesis'               (\\s()
+      `close-parenthesis'      (\\s))
+      `expression-prefix'      (\\s')
+      `string-quote'           (\\s\")
+      `paired-delimiter'               (\\s$)
+      `escape'                 (\\s\\)
+      `character-quote'                (\\s/)
+      `comment-start'          (\\s<)
+      `comment-end'            (\\s>)
+ `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
+      matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
+ `(category CATEGORY)'
+      matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
+      either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
+      `consonant'                      (\\c0 in string notation)
+      `base-vowel'                     (\\c1)
+      `upper-diacritical-mark'         (\\c2)
+      `lower-diacritical-mark'         (\\c3)
+      `tone-mark'                      (\\c4)
+      `symbol'                         (\\c5)
+      `digit'                          (\\c6)
+      `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark'       (\\c7)
+      `vowel-sign'                     (\\c8)
+      `semivowel-lower'                        (\\c9)
+      `not-at-end-of-line'             (\\c<)
+      `not-at-beginning-of-line'               (\\c>)
+      `alpha-numeric-two-byte'         (\\cA)
+      `chinse-two-byte'                        (\\cC)
+      `greek-two-byte'                 (\\cG)
+      `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'     (\\cH)
+      `indian-two-byte'                        (\\cI)
+      `japanese-katakana-two-byte'     (\\cK)
+      `korean-hangul-two-byte'         (\\cN)
+      `cyrillic-two-byte'              (\\cY)
+      `ascii'                          (\\ca)
+      `arabic'                         (\\cb)
+      `chinese'                                (\\cc)
+      `ethiopic'                               (\\ce)
+      `greek'                          (\\cg)
+      `korean'                         (\\ch)
+      `indian'                         (\\ci)
+      `japanese'                               (\\cj)
+      `japanese-katakana'              (\\ck)
+      `latin'                          (\\cl)
+      `lao'                            (\\co)
+      `tibetan'                                (\\cq)
+      `japanese-roman'                 (\\cr)
+      `thai'                           (\\ct)
+      `vietnamese'                     (\\cv)
+      `hebrew'                         (\\cw)
+      `cyrillic'                               (\\cy)
+      `can-break'                      (\\c|)
+ `(not (category CATEGORY))'
+      matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
+ `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
+      matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
+ `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
+      like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
+      `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
+ `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
+      another name for `submatch'.
+ `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
+      matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
+      args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
+      regular expression.
+ `(minimal-match SEXP)'
+      produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
+      zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
+      match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
+      still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
+ `(maximal-match SEXP)'
+      produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
+ `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
+      matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
+ `(0+ SEXP)'
+      like `zero-or-more'.
+ `(* SEXP)'
+      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
+ `(*? SEXP)'
+      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
+ `(one-or-more SEXP)'
+      matches one or more occurrences of A.
+ `(1+ SEXP)'
+      like `one-or-more'.
+ `(+ SEXP)'
+      like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
+ `(+? SEXP)'
+      like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
+ `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
+      matches zero or one occurrences of A.
+ `(optional SEXP)'
+      like `zero-or-one'.
+ `(? SEXP)'
+      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
+ `(?? SEXP)'
+      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
+ `(repeat N SEXP)'
+      matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
+ `(repeat N M SEXP)'
+      matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
+ `(eval FORM)'
+       evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
+       `regexp-quote' it.
+ `(regexp REGEXP)'
+       include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
+ *** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.
+ *** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
+ buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
+ the original restriction.  Previously, doing this would cause the saved
+ restriction to be restored incorrectly.
+ *** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
+ `eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
+ when they find 8-bit characters.  Previously, they included `ascii' in a
+ multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
+ *** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
+ `string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
+ if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
+ *** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
+ changed.  Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
+ [\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
+ regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+.  Thus, if
+ the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
+ extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions.  Now such extra
+ bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
+ eight-bit-graphic.
+ ** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
+ A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
+ a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
+ character set as previously.
+ *** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
+ They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME.  The function
+ modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
+ CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
+ characters.  In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
+ range FROM and TO (inclusive).  CHARACTER may be a charset.  In that
+ case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
+ FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
+ name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.
+ *** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted.  The default charset
+ registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
+ "fontset-default".
+ *** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
+ argument STYLE-VARIANT.  It never creates style-variant fontsets.
+ ** The method of composing characters is changed.  Now character
+ composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
+ buffers and strings.
+ *** Charset composition is deleted.  Emacs never creates a `composite
+ character' which is an independent character with a unique character
+ code.  Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
+ have been deleted: composite-char-component,
+ composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
+ composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
+ The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
+ also been deleted.
+ *** Three more glyph reference points are added.  They can be used to
+ specify a composition rule.  See the documentation of the variable
+ `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
+ *** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
+ MODIFICATION-FUNC.  With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
+ composition rule but also characters to be composed.  Such characters
+ may differ between buffer and string text.
+ *** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
+ *** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
+ directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
+ Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
+ `composition' from STRING.
+ *** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
+ a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
+ *** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
+ obsolete.
+ ** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
+ the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.
+ ** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
+ `mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
+ introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
+ U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.
+ Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
+ characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
+ etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
+ different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned.  For example, text
+ which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
+ encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.
+ ** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
+ It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text.  For
+ details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.
+ ** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
+ `japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
+ standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
+ ** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
+ have been introduced.
+ ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
+ have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
+ 0xA0..0xFF respectively.  Note that the multibyte representation of
+ eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
+ emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
+ buffer/string internal representation.  Note that to search for
+ eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
+ must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
+ their multibyte equivalent.
+ ** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
+ that offset in the file before writing.
+ ** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
+ compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
+ ** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
+ `*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
+ from which the command was issued.
+ ** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
+ `query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
+ `replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
+ additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
+ operate on.
+ ** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
+ to `window-buffer-height'.
+ - Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
+ Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
+ The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
+ lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
+ Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
+ respectively.
+ If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
+ The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
+ obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
+ on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
+ Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
+ buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
+ possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
+ is currently displayed in some window.
+ ** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
+ argument function's results.
+ ** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
+ signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.  Also,
+ `base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
+ 20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
+ sequence).
+ ** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
+ header in the list of headers passed to it.
+ ** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
+ ignores differences in case and text representation.
+ ** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
+ cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer.  Values are interpreted
+ as follows:
+   t           use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
+   nil         don't display a cursor
+   `bar'               display a bar cursor with default width
+   (bar . WIDTH)       display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
+   others      display a box cursor.
+ ** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
+ an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
+ defun.  If set, the default, it is considered a defun start.  If not
+ set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
+ ** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
+ specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
+ the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
+ text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
+ Example:
+   (string-to-syntax "()")
+     => (4 . 41)
+ ** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
+ other than 10.
+ *** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
+ INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
+   #b1111
+     => 15
+   #b-1111
+     => -15
+ *** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
+   #o666
+     => 438
+ *** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
+   #xbeef
+     => 48815
+ *** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
+   #2R-111
+     => -7
+   #25rah
+     => 267
+ ** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
+ the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
+ and isn't a string.
+ ** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
+ a `function-documentation' property of that symbol.  If it has a non-nil
+ value, the documentation is taken from that value.  If the value is
+ not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
+ ** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
+ ** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
+ for a regexp in a string.
+ ** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
+ `mouse-position-function'.
+ ** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
+ that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
+ ** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
+ Keywords are now always considered constants.
+ ** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
+ returns it.
+ ** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
+ returned by function `recent-keys'.
+ ** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
+ can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
+ Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
+ etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
+ mode.
+ ** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
+ and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
+ ** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
+ has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
+ function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not.  If it
+ returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
+ been performed."
+ When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
+ and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
+ hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
+ then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
+ ** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
+ In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
+ and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
+ ** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
+ with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
+ specified table.
+   (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
+ Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
+ TABLE.  The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
+ saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit.  Value is
+ what BODY returns.
+ ** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
+ Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
+ Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
+ corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
+ Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').
+ ** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
+ removed since it wasn't used by anything.
+ ** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
+ instead of being optional.
+ ** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
+ modify read-only text.
+ ** New functions and variables for locales.
+ The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
+ decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
+ time functions like strftime.  The new variables
+ `system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
+ locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
+ The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
+ environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
+ the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
+ environment variables.  Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
+ not be invoked thereafter.  It uses the new variables
+ `locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
+ `locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
+ ** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
+ To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
+ modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
+ start sequences.
+ ** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
+ because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
+ ** New function `propertize'
+ The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
+ strings with text properties.
+ - Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
+ Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
+ by PROPERTIES.  PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
+ PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
+ specified value of that property.  Example:
+   (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
+ ** push and pop macros.
+ Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
+ are now defined in Emacs Lisp.  These macros allow only symbols
+ as the place that holds the list to be changed.
+ (push NEWELT LISTNAME)  add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
+ (pop LISTNAME)          return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
+                       (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
+ ** New dolist and dotimes macros.
+ Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
+ are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
+ (dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
+       Execute body once for each element of LIST,
+       using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
+       Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
+ (dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
+       Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
+       inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
+       Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
+ ** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
+ [:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.  These must be used within a character
+ class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
+ or a sign.
+ [:digit:]  matches 0 through 9
+ [:cntrl:]  matches ASCII control characters
+ [:xdigit:]  matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
+ [:blank:]  matches space and tab only
+ [:graph:]  matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
+          space, and DEL.
+ [:print:]  matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
+          and DEL.
+ [:alnum:]  matches letters and digits.
+          (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+           it matches anything that has word syntax.)
+ [:alpha:]  matches letters.
+          (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+           it matches anything that has word syntax.)
+ [:ascii:]  matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
+ [:nonascii:]  matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
+ [:lower:]  matches anything lower-case.
+ [:punct:]  matches punctuation.
+          (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+           it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
+ [:space:]  matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
+ [:upper:]  matches anything upper-case.
+ [:word:]   matches anything that has word syntax.
+ ** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
+ The following functions are defined for hash tables:
+ - Function: make-hash-table ARGS
+ The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs.  All arguments
+ are optional.  The following arguments are defined:
+ :test TEST
+ TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys.  Default is `eql'.
+ Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'.  If TEST is not predefined,
+ it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
+ :size SIZE
+ SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
+ many elements will be put in the hash table.  Default size is 65.
+ :rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
+ REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
+ full.  If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
+ size to get the new size.  Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
+ 1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
+ old size.  Default rehash size is 1.5.
+ :rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
+ THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
+ hash table.  It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
+ (size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD.  Default threshold is 0.8.
+ :weakness WEAK
+ WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
+ `key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
+ `key-and-value'.  Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
+ collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
+ outside of the hash table.  Default are non-weak hash tables.
+ - Function: makehash &optional TEST
+ Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
+ - Function: hash-table-p TABLE
+ Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
+ - Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
+ Returns a copy of TABLE.  Only the table itself is copied, keys and
+ values are shared.
+ - Function: hash-table-count TABLE
+ Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
+ - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
+ Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
+ - Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
+ Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
+ - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
+ Returns the size of TABLE.
+ - Function: hash-table-test TABLE
+ Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
+ - Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
+ Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
+ - Function: clrhash TABLE
+ Clear TABLE.
+ - Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
+ Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
+ not found.
+ - Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
+ Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE.  If KEY is already associated with
+ another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
+ - Function: remhash KEY TABLE
+ Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
+ - Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
+ Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE.  FUNCTION must take two
+ arguments KEY and VALUE.
+ - Function: sxhash OBJ
+ Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
+ - Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
+ Define a new hash table test named NAME.  If NAME is specified as
+ a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
+ comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys.  Test
+ and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
+ of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
+ TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
+ HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
+ code of the argument.  The function should use the whole range of
+ integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
+ Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
+ be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
+   (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
+     (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
+   (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
+     (sxhash (upcase a)))
+   (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
+                           'case-fold-string-hash))
+   (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
+ ** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
+ It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
+ circular structures.  For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
+ a cons cell which is its own cdr.
+ ** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
+ If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
+ #N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
+ ** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
+ t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
+ specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
+ is too short to reach that column.
+ ** perform-replace has a new feature:  the REPLACEMENTS argument may
+ now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA).  This means to call FUNCTION
+ after each match to get the replacement text.  FUNCTION is called with
+ two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
+ If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
+ perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
+ and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
+ ** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
+ to specify which buffer to return the size of.
+ ** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
+ calendar-move-hook after moving point.
+ ** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
+ directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
+ small.  (Certain Emacs features use this directory.)  If
+ small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
+ temporary-file-directory instead.
+ ** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
+ the hooks that track changes in the buffer.  This affects
+ `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
+ hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
+ ** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
+ elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.
+ ** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
+ make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
+ creates the file before it returns.  This prevents a timing error,
+ ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
+ ** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
+ The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW.  If non-nil, it insists
+ on a check for an existing file with the same name.  If MUSTBENEW
+ is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
+ never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
+ ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
+ overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
+ If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
+ that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
+ to get an error if the file exists at that time.
+ The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
+ ** Function `format' now handles text properties.
+ Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
+ If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
+ ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
+ result string.
+ Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
+ string where arguments appear in the result string.
+ Example:
+   (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
+         (s2 "world"))
+      (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
+      (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
+      (format s1 s2))
+ results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
+ ** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
+ Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
+ The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
+ argument in it.
+   (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
+         (arg "world"))
+      (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
+      (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
+      (message msg arg))
+ ** Sound support
+ Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
+ (Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
+ Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
+ (*.au).  You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
+ to enable sound support.
+ Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND).  SOUND is a
+ list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'.  The function is only defined
+ when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs.  The
+ functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
+ sound to play, before playing the sound.
+ The following sound properties are supported:
+ - `:file FILE'
+ FILE is a file name.  If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
+ searched relative to `data-directory'.
+ - `:data DATA'
+ DATA is a string containing sound data.  Either :file or :data
+ may be present, but not both.
+ - `:volume VOLUME'
+ VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
+ 0..1.  This property is optional.
+ - `:device DEVICE'
+ DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
+ sound.  The default device is system-dependent.
+ Other properties are ignored.
+ An alternative interface is called as
+ (play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).
+ ** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
+ ** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
+ a keyword symbol.
+ ** Changes to garbage collection
+ *** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
+ of live and free strings.
+ *** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
+ strings that have been consed so far.
+ * Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
+ Lisp Manual
+ ** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
+ mini-windows.
+ ** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
+ argument, PARTIALLY.  If a character is only partially visible, nil is
+ returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.
+ ** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
+ ** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
+ ** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
+ image.
+ - Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
+ Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
+ SPEC is an image specification.  PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
+ measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
+ character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
+ font).  FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
+ FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
+ ** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
+ has a mask bitmap.
+ - Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME
+ Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
+ FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.  FRAME nil
+ or omitted means use the selected frame.
+ ** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
+ satisfying one of a list of specifications.
+ ** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
+ optional.
+ ** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
+ below).
+ * New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
+ ** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
+ to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
+ Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
+ text in brighter colors.  On such a console, a bold black foreground
+ is displayed in a gray color.  If this turns out to be hard to read on
+ your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
+ laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
+ just display it black instead.
+ This situation can't be detected automatically.  You will have to put
+ a line like
+   (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
+ in your `.emacs'.
+ ** New face implementation.
+ Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch.  They don't use XLFD
+ font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
+ *** New faces.
+ Each face can specify the following display attributes:
+    1. Font family or fontset alias name.
+    2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
+    width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
+    3. Font height in 1/10pt
+    4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
+    5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
+    6. Foreground color.
+    7. Background color.
+    8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
+    9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
+    10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
+    11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
+    12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
+    color.
+    13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
+    color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
+ Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
+ same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
+ frames.  Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
+ faces.  The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
+ with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
+ attributes mentioned above.
+ There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'.  Face
+ definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
+ created frames.
+ A face doesn't have to specify all attributes.  Those not specified
+ have a nil value.  Faces specifying all attributes are called
+ `fully-specified'.
+ *** Face merging.
+ The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
+ combining several faces.  This process is called `face merging'.  Any
+ aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
+ properties is taken from the `default' face.  Since it is made sure
+ that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
+ results in a fully-specified face.
+ *** Face realization.
+ After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
+ merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'.  The
+ realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
+ available on the system where Emacs runs.  The result is a `realized
+ face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
+ cache of the frame on which it was realized.
+ Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
+ character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
+ for different charsets.  In other words, for characters of different
+ charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
+ Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
+ specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
+ being realized specifies a fontset.  The reason is that the result of
+ the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
+ statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
+ In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
+ `char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
+ 0x7f.  The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
+ the variable `face-default-registry' in this case.  The variable is
+ initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
+ Emacs.
+ Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
+ `enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
+ registry and encoding `face-default-registry'.  This is consistent
+ with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
+ **** Clearing face caches.
+ The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
+ on all frames.  If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
+ unused fonts.
+ *** Font selection.
+ Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
+ given (charset, face) combination.  This is done slightly differently
+ for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
+ If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
+ pattern for fonts of the given charset.  If the face specifies a font
+ family, a font pattern is constructed.  Charset symbols have a
+ property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
+ an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
+ Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
+ against the font pattern.  The result of font selection is the best
+ match for the given face attributes in this font list.
+ Font selection can be influenced by the user.
+ The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
+ attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
+ face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
+ names.  The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
+ that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
+ width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
+ to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
+ Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
+ alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
+ doesn't exist.
+ Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
+ all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
+ registry.
+ Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
+ slightly different.
+ Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.
+ **** Scalable fonts
+ Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
+ since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
+ servers.
+ To enable scalable font use, set the variable
+ `scalable-fonts-allowed'.  A value of nil, the default, means never use
+ scalable fonts.  A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
+ Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions.  A
+ scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
+ that list.  Example:
+   (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
+ allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
+ *** Functions and variables related to font selection.
+ - Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
+ Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME.  If FAMILY
+ is omitted or nil, list all families.  Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
+ string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
+ If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Each element of
+ FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING].  FAMILY is the font family name.
+ POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt.  WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
+ SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
+ These symbols are the same as for face attributes.  FIXED-P is non-nil
+ if the font is fixed-pitch.  FULL is the full name of the font, and
+ REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
+ the font.  The result list is sorted according to the current setting
+ of the face font sort order.
+ - Function: x-font-family-list
+ Return a list of available font families on FRAME.  If FRAME is
+ omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Value is a list of conses
+ (FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
+ non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
+ - Variable: font-list-limit
+ Limit for font matching.  If an integer > 0, font matching functions
+ won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
+ matching font.  The default is currently 100.
+ *** Setting face attributes.
+ For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
+ with the old one.  Old face attribute related functions are now
+ implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
+ `face-attribute'.
+ Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
+ symbols.  All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
+ The following attributes are recognized:
+ `:family'
+ VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
+ or a fontset alias name.  If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
+ and `?' are allowed.
+ `:width'
+ VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
+ It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
+ `condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
+ `extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
+ `:height'
+ VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
+ in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
+ scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
+ height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
+ `:weight'
+ VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use.  It must be one of the
+ symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
+ `semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
+ `:slant'
+ VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use.  It must be one of the
+ symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
+ `reverse-oblique'.
+ `:foreground', `:background'
+ VALUE must be a color name, a string.
+ `:underline'
+ VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined.  If
+ VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is
+ a string, underline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly
+ don't underline.
+ `:overline'
+ VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined.  If
+ VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is a
+ string, overline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
+ overline.
+ `:strike-through'
+ VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
+ striking through them.  If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
+ face.  If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color.  If VALUE
+ is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
+ `:box'
+ VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
+ around them.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes.  If
+ VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
+ of the face.  If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
+ and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1.  Otherwise,
+ VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
+ :color COLOR :style STYLE)'.  If a keyword/value pair is missing from
+ the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
+ specified below.  WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
+ defaults to 1.  COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
+ the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
+ color of the face for 3D boxes.  STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
+ should be draw.  If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
+ like a released 3D button.  If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
+ that appears like a pressed button.  If STYLE is nil, the default if
+ the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
+ box.
+ `:inverse-video'
+ VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
+ inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
+ `:stipple'
+ If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
+ The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
+ searched.  Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
+ HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
+ is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap.  VALUE nil means
+ explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
+ For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
+ and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
+ `:font'
+ Set font-related face attributes from VALUE.  VALUE must be a valid
+ XLFD font name.  If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
+ is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
+ versions of Emacs.
+ For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
+ be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used.  VALUE
+ must be t or nil in that case.  A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
+ Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
+ `defface'.
+ `:inherit'
+ VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
+ of face names.  Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
+ like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
+ *** Face attributes and X resources
+ The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
+ from X resources:
+   Face attribute      X resource              class
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+   :family             attributeFamily .       Face.AttributeFamily
+   :width              attributeWidth          Face.AttributeWidth
+   :height             attributeHeight         Face.AttributeHeight
+   :weight             attributeWeight         Face.AttributeWeight
+   :slant              attributeSlant          Face.AttributeSlant
+    foreground         attributeForeground     Face.AttributeForeground
+   :background         attributeBackground .   Face.AttributeBackground
+   :overline           attributeOverline       Face.AttributeOverline
+   :strike-through     attributeStrikeThrough  Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
+   :box                        attributeBox            Face.AttributeBox
+   :underline          attributeUnderline      Face.AttributeUnderline
+   :inverse-video      attributeInverse        Face.AttributeInverse
+   :stipple            attributeStipple        Face.AttributeStipple
+       or              attributeBackgroundPixmap
+                                               Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
+   :font                       attributeFont           Face.AttributeFont
+   :bold                       attributeBold           Face.AttributeBold
+   :italic             attributeItalic .       Face.AttributeItalic
+   :font                       attributeFont           Face.AttributeFont
+ *** Text property `face'.
+ The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
+ specification or a list of such specifications.  Each face
+ specification can be
+ 1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
+ 2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
+    KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
+    for that attribute.  Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
+    for face attribute names.
+ 3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
+    (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name.  This is
+    for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
+ ** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
+ The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
+ on TTY and MSDOS frames.  It maps a color name to a color number on
+ the terminal.  Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
+ default.  You can get defined colors with a call to
+ `defined-colors'.  The function `tty-color-clear' can be
+ used to clear the mapping table.
+ ** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
+ The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
+ and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame.  On frames whose
+ type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
+ color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
+ display.  Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
+ old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
+ `x-display-color-p'.  (The old function names are still available for
+ compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.)  Lisp programs
+ should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
+ modify their color-related behavior.
+ The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
+ any frame type.
+ ** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
+ The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
+ `display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
+ `display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
+ `display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
+ `display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
+ `display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
+ display.  Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
+ the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
+ platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
+ The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
+ display can display image files.
+ ** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
+ This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
+ To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
+ the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
+ `Inviolable' option.
+ The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
+ end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
+ Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.
+ ** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
+ There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
+ buffers.  A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
+ property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
+ Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
+ forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
+ to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
+ not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
+ commands continue into the next field if repeated.  Stopping at field
+ boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
+ `inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
+ functions.
+ Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
+ a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
+ editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
+ The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
+ - Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE 
+ Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
+ A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+ If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
+ constrained position if that is different.
+ If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
+ positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
+ constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
+ as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
+ is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
+ fields.  Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
+ the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
+ also considered to be `on the boundary'.
+ If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
+ NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
+ unconstrained.  This useful for commands that move by line, like
+ C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
+ only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
+ If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
+ a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
+ Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
+ - Function: delete-field &optional POS
+ Delete the field surrounding POS.
+ A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+ If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+ - Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
+ Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
+ A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+ If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+ If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
+ field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
+ - Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
+ Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
+ A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+ If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+ If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
+ then the end of the *following* field is returned.
+ - Function: field-string &optional POS
+ Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
+ A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+ If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+ - Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
+ Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
+ A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+ If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+ ** Image support.
+ Emacs can now display images.  Images are inserted into text by giving
+ strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
+ (AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE.  The display of the `display' property value
+ replaces the display of the characters having that property.
+ If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
+ `(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'.  If
+ AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
+ window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
+ area.
+ IMAGE is an image specification.
+ *** Image specifications
+ Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
+ is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols.  Each
+ specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
+ symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'.  Properties not
+ described below are ignored.
+ The following is a list of properties all image types share.
+ `:ascent ASCENT'
+ ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
+ If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
+ to use for its ascent.
+ If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
+ image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
+ If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
+ centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
+ of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
+ overlays that apply to the image.
+ `:margin MARGIN'
+ MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
+ as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
+ horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin.  Default is 0.
+ `:relief RELIEF'
+ RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces.  Puts a relief
+ around an image.
+ `:conversion ALGO'
+ Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.
+ ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
+ edge-detection algorithm to the image.
+ ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
+ apply a general edge-detection algorithm.  MATRIX must be either a
+ nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers.  A pixel at
+ position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
+ around that position.  MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
+ neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
+ transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
+ x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
+ below.
+   (x-1/y-1  x/y-1  x+1/y-1
+    x-1/y    x/y    x+1/y
+    x-1/y+1  x/y+1  x+1/y+1)
+ The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
+ resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
+ multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
+ of the factors' absolute values.
+ Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
+   (1  0  0
+    0  0  0
+    9  9 -1)
+ Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
+   ( 2 -1  0
+    -1  0  1
+     0  1 -2)
+ ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
+ ``disabled''.
+ `:mask MASK'
+ If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
+ the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
+ image.  If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
+ background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
+ image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
+ the background color of the image.  Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
+ GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
+ image.
+ If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one.  Images
+ in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
+ `:mask nil'.
+ `:file FILE'
+ Load image from FILE.  If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
+ search for the image in `data-directory'.  Some image types support
+ building images from data.  When this is done, no `:file' property
+ may be present in the image specification.
+ `:data DATA'
+ Get image data from DATA.  (As of this writing, this is not yet
+ supported for image type `postscript').  Either :file or :data may be
+ present in an image specification, but not both.  All image types
+ support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
+ *** Supported image types
+ **** XBM, image type `xbm'.
+ XBM images don't require an external library.  Additional image
+ properties supported are:
+ `:foreground FG'
+ FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
+ meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.
+ `:background BG'
+ BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
+ meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.
+ XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file.  In this
+ case, the image specification must contain the following properties
+ instead of a `:file' property.
+ `:width WIDTH'
+ WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
+ `:height HEIGHT'
+ HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
+ `:data DATA'
+ DATA must be either
+    1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
+    have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
+    2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
+    3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
+    bitmap.
+    4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file.  Neither width nor
+    height may be specified in this case because these are defined
+    in the file.
+ **** XPM, image type `xpm'
+ XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
+ `xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later.  Make sure the library is
+ found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
+ `--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
+ Additional image properties supported are:
+ `:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
+ SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
+ name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
+ name.
+ XPM images can be built from memory instead of files.  In that case,
+ add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
+ The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
+ to display compressed images.
+ **** PBM, image type `pbm'
+ PBM images don't require an external library.  Color, gray-scale and
+ mono images are supported.  Additional image properties supported for
+ mono images are:
+ `:foreground FG'
+ FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
+ meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.
+ `:background FG'
+ BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
+ meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.
+ **** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
+ Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
+ package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
+ properties defined.
+ **** TIFF, image type `tiff'
+ Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
+ package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
+ properties defined.
+ **** GIF, image type `gif'
+ Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
+ `libungif-4.1.0', or later.
+ Additional image properties supported are:
+ `:index INDEX'
+ INDEX must be an integer >= 0.  Load image number INDEX from a
+ multi-image GIF file.  If INDEX is too large, the image displays
+ as a hollow box.
+ This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
+ For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
+ at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
+ every 0.1 seconds.
+ (defun show-anim (file max)
+   "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
+   (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
+ (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
+   (when (= idx max)
+     (setq idx 0))
+   (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
+     (save-excursion
+       (set-buffer buffer)
+       (goto-char (point-min))
+       (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
+       (insert-image img "x"))
+     (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
+ **** PNG, image type `png'
+ Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
+ package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
+ properties defined.
+ **** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
+ Additional image properties supported are:
+ `:pt-width WIDTH'
+ WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  WIDTH must be an
+ integer.  This is a required property.
+ `:pt-height HEIGHT'
+ HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  HEIGHT
+ must be a integer.  This is an required property.
+ `:bounding-box BOX'
+ BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
+ the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
+ files.  This is an required property.
+ Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp.  See
+ lisp/gs.el.
+ *** Lisp interface.
+ The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
+ which are supported in the current configuration.
+ Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
+ they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
+ The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
+ manually.  Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
+ images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
+ *** Simplified image API, image.el
+ The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
+ creation and putting images into text.  The function `create-image'
+ can be used to create images.  The macro `defimage' can be used to
+ define an image based on available image types.  The functions
+ `put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
+ buffer.
+ ** Display margins.
+ Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
+ and images.
+ To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
+ `left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
+ `set-window-margins'.  The function `window-margins' can be used to
+ obtain the current settings.  To make `left-margin-width' and
+ `right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
+ the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
+ of the display margins.
+ You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
+ containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
+ one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil.  VALUE can be either a
+ string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
+ in this file).
+ ** Help display
+ Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
+ moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
+ `help-echo'.  This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
+ that have a `help-echo' property.
+ If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
+ is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION.  WINDOW is
+ the window in which the help was found.
+ If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
+ `help-echo' text property was found.
+ If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
+ POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
+ If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
+ the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
+ mouse.
+ If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
+ string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
+ For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
+ determine the help to display.  If their definition contains a
+ property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
+ For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
+ used as help string.
+ The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
+ the help string differently.  For example, enabling a tooltip window
+ causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
+ ** Vertical fractional scrolling.
+ The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
+ This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
+ The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
+ scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
+ The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
+ scrolling value.  Here is an example of how these function might be
+ used.
+   (global-set-key [A-down]
+     #'(lambda ()
+         (interactive)
+       (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
+                             (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
+   (global-set-key [A-up]
+     #'(lambda ()
+       (interactive)
+       (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
+                           (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
+ ** New hook `fontification-functions'.
+ Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
+ when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified.  This
+ variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.  Each function
+ is called with one argument, POS.
+ At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
+ characters starting at POS in the current buffer.  It should mark them
+ as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
+ property.  It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
+ `fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
+ ** Tool bar support.
+ Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  The frame
+ parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
+ controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar.  A zero value
+ suppresses the tool bar.  If the value is non-zero and
+ `auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
+ automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
+ *** Tool bar item definitions
+ Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
+ `tool-bar'.  For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
+ where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
+ CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
+ evaluated to get a string.  The caption is currently not displayed in
+ the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
+ property (see below).
+ BINDING is the tool bar item's binding.  Tool bar items with keymaps as
+ binding are currently ignored.
+ The following properties are recognized:
+ `:enable FORM'.
+ FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
+ or disabled.
+ `:visible FORM'
+ FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
+ `:filter FUNCTION'
+ FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
+ FUNCTION is specified as the filter.  The value FUNCTION returns is
+ used instead of BINDING to display this item.
+ `:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
+ TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'.  SELECTED is evaluated
+ and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
+ `:image IMAGES'
+ IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
+ image specifications.  If it is a vector, this table lists the
+ meaning of each of the four elements:
+    Index      Use when item is
+    ----------------------------------------
+      0                enabled and selected
+      1                enabled and deselected
+      2                disabled and selected
+      3                disabled and deselected
+ If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
+ algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
+ `:help HELP-STRING'.
+ Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item.  This help
+ is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
+ The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
+ toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
+ to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
+ menu bar.
+ The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
+ dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
+ buffer-locally to override the global map.
+ *** Tool-bar-related variables.
+ If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
+ resize to show all defined tool bar items.  It will never grow larger
+ than 1/4 of the frame's size.
+ If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
+ raised when the mouse moves over them.
+ You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
+ `tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
+ pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
+ vertical margins .  Default is 1.
+ You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
+ `tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer.  Default is 3.
+ *** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
+ You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
+ a tool bar item.  If
+   (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
+     '(menu-item "Shell" shell
+               :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
+ is the original tool bar item definition, then
+   (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
+ makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
+ item.
+ ** Mode line changes.
+ *** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
+ The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
+ that have a `local-map' text property.  There are three ways to display
+ a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
+ 1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
+ a `local-map' text property.
+ 2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
+ that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
+ 3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'.  FORM
+ is evaluated.  If the result is a string, and that string has a
+ `local-map' property.
+ The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
+ properties of strings in the mode line.  See `bindings.el' for an
+ example.
+ *** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
+ evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
+ *** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
+ variable mode-line-format to nil.
+ *** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
+ This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
+ `header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
+ completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
+ `default-mode-line-format'.  A value of nil means don't display a top
+ line.
+ The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
+ `header-line'.
+ The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
+ position in the header-line.
+ ** Text property `display'
+ The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
+ replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
+ also used to control other aspects of how text displays.  The value of
+ the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
+ below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
+ *** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas
+ To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
+ text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.
+ If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
+ marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
+ the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
+ is displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
+ simpler form STRING as property value.
+ *** Variable width and height spaces
+ To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
+ specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'.  If LOCATION is
+ `(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
+ area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
+ marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
+ displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
+ simpler form STRETCH as property value.
+ The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
+ PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
+ properties described below.
+ The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
+ characters having the `display' property.
+ - :width WIDTH
+ Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
+ character width.  WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
+ - :relative-width FACTOR
+ Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
+ first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
+ same `display' property.  The computation is done by multiplying the
+ width of that character by FACTOR.
+ - :align-to HPOS
+ Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS.  The
+ value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
+ Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
+ - :height HEIGHT
+ Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
+ normal line height.
+ - :relative-height FACTOR
+ The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
+ of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
+ - :ascent ASCENT
+ Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
+ used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
+ baseline.  The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
+ equal to 100.
+ You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
+ *** Images
+ A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
+ . IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification.  The image replaces,
+ in the display, the characters having this display specification in
+ their `display' text property.  If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
+ the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
+ `(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
+ area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
+ the text.  In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
+ as display specification.
+ *** Other display properties
+ - (space-width FACTOR)
+ Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
+ should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
+ integer or float.
+ - (height HEIGHT)
+ Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
+ If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
+ means to use a font that is N steps larger.  If HEIGHT is a list of
+ the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller.  A
+ ``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
+ a font is available counts as a step.
+ If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
+ as tall as the frame's default font.
+ If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
+ height as argument.  The function should return the new height to use.
+ Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
+ `height' bound to the current specified font height.
+ - (raise FACTOR)
+ FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
+ font's height.  If it is positive, that means to display the characters
+ raised.  If it is negative, that means to display them lower down.  The
+ amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
+ `height' subproperty.
+ *** Conditional display properties
+ All display specifications can be conditionalized.  If a specification
+ has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
+ only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.  During the
+ evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
+ conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
+ bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
+ the display property was found, respectively.  Both positions can be
+ different when object is a string.
+ The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
+ `(when t . SPEC)'.
+ ** New menu separator types.
+ Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type.  Menu items with
+ item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
+ treated like before.  In addition, the following item names are used
+ to specify other menu separator types.
+ - `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
+ No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
+ separator occurs.
+ - `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
+ A single line in the menu's foreground color.
+ - `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
+ A double line in the menu's foreground color.
+ - `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
+ A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
+ - `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
+ A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
+ - `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
+ A single line with 3D sunken appearance.  This is the form
+ displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
+ - `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
+ A single line with 3D raised appearance.
+ - `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
+ A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
+ - `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
+ A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
+ - `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
+ Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
+ - `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
+ Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
+ - `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
+ Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
+ - `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
+ Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
+ Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
+ the corresponding single-line separators.
+ ** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
+ The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
+ `scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
+ Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
+ that scroll bars should use a default color.  For toolkit scroll bars,
+ default colors are toolkit specific.  For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
+ default background is the background color of the frame, and the
+ default foreground is black.
+ The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
+ (class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
+ `ScrollBarBackground').
+ Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
+ settings for scroll bar colors.
+ ** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
+ display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
+ ** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
+ starts on a continuation line.  The new window start is computed based
+ on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
+ line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
+ the original window start.
+ ** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
+ `hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
+ now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
+ ** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
+ A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
+ `window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil.  A value of `height' makes
+ windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
+ other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
+ The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
+ fixed-width and fixed-height.
+   (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
+ A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
+ fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
+ window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height.  To
+ change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
+ temporarily to nil, for example
+   (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
+      (enlarge-window 10))
+ Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
+ or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
+ ** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
+ terminals.  When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
+ to a solid box, as it does on Unix.  The `cursor-type' frame parameter
+ overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
+ horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
+ support a vertical-bar cursor).
+ * Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
+ ** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
+ input.
+ ** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
+ ** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
+ ** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
+ only for character input, but also in incremental search.  The
+ exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
+ (e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
+ (e.g. iso-2022-jp).  They are ignored in incremental search.
+ ** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
+ been added.
+ * Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
+ ** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
+ * Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
+ ** Not new, but not mentioned before:
+ M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
+ * Changes in Emacs 20.4
+ ** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
+ You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
+ Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'.  If you use the name
+ `.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
+ If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
+ is the one that is used.
+ ** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
+ the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
+ Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
+ separate from the command's regular output.
+ Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
+ says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
+ In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
+ the buffer name.
+ When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
+ output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
+ it from the previous batch of error output.  The error buffer is not
+ cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
+ ** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
+ the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
+ is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
+ created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
+ ** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names.  For
+ example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
+ match c*.c.  To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
+ quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
+ ** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
+ now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
+ if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
+ they never ignore case.
+ ** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
+ under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
+ applies to all operating systems.  Emacs recognizes from the contents
+ of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
+ just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
+ convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing.  This is a
+ part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
+ If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
+ the same format that was used in the file before.
+ You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
+ `inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
+ ** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
+ renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
+ This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
+ ** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
+ The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
+ buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
+ your operating system.  For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
+ is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems.  The usual
+ end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
+ Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
+ The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
+ eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
+ control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
+ format.  You can now customize these variables.
+ ** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
+ filename contained non-ASCII characters.  Now this is fixed.  Such a
+ filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
+ enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
+ ** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
+ in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
+ windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
+ ** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
+ dynamic-completion-mode to enable it.  Just loading the file
+ doesn't have any effect.
+ ** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
+ not one per buffer.
+ ** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
+ use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
+   (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
+ ** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
+ To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
+ `auto-show-mode' command.
+ ** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
+ avoid redisplay problems.  As a consequence, compared with previous
+ versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
+ choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line.  This change
+ occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
+ ** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
+ cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
+ ** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
+ character set specified in the message.  If you want to disable this
+ feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
+ ** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
+ the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
+ interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
+ and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
+ ** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
+ The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
+ that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
+ one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
+ codepage.  For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
+ set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
+ Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
+ from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
+ IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
+ equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
+ a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
+ `?' on other systems.
+ IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
+ feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
+ Unix.
+ Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
+ current codepage when it starts.
+ ** Mail changes
+ *** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
+ `mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
+ appropriate MIME headers are added.  The headers are added only if
+ non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
+ MIME headers are already present.  For example, the following three
+ headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
+ latin-1:
+   MIME-version: 1.0
+   Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
+   Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
+ *** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
+ default way to encode outgoing mail.  This has higher priority than
+ default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
+ sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
+ buffer-file-coding-system.
+ You should not set this variable manually.  Instead, set
+ sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
+ mail.
+ *** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
+ if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
+ Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
+ list of possible coding systems.
+ ** CC Mode changes
+ *** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
+ modes to style names.  When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
+ longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style.  See the variable's
+ docstring for details.
+ *** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
+ symbol.  The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
+ found.  This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
+ prioritized order on a single line.  However, none of the supplied
+ lineup functions use this feature currently.
+ *** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
+ "finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
+ *** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
+ "catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
+ *** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
+ from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode.  Two new
+ symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
+ c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
+ anonymous classes.
+ *** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
+ syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
+ *** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
+ inexpr-class.  New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
+ support and gcc-style statements inside expressions.  New lineup
+ function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
+ *** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
+ (i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
+ brace.  These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
+ c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
+ (brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
+ *** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
+ *** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
+ *** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
+ for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
+ *** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
+ *** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol.  The indentation
+ associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
+ This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
+ circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
+ class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
+ ** Gnus changes.
+ *** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
+ added.  A plethora of new commands and modes have been added.  See the
+ Gnus manual for the full story.
+ *** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
+ before.  All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
+ group, which is created automatically.
+ *** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
+ values.
+ *** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
+ *** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
+ outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
+ *** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
+ `C-u C-c C-c'.
+ *** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
+ *** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
+ re-highlighting of the article buffer.
+ *** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
+ *** `M-i' symbolic prefix command.  See the section "Symbolic
+ Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
+ *** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
+ `a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
+ *** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
+ control over simplification.
+ *** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
+ *** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
+ limit.
+ *** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
+ *** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
+ *** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
+ If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
+ rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
+ *** Canceling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
+ `a' forces normal posting method.
+ *** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
+ -- `W d'.
+ *** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
+ to a non-nil value.
+ *** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
+ where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
+ *** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
+ has been added.
+ *** A history of where mails have been split is available.
+ *** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
+ *** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
+ `gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
+ *** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
+ `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
+ *** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
+ *** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
+ been added.
+ *** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
+ `gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
+ *** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
+ updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
+ *** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
+ *** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
+ *** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
+ ** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
+ *** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
+ options for the TeX run.  The default value causes TeX to run in
+ nonstopmode.  For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
+ *** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell.  In a
+ TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
+ of these keys may not work on all systems).  For instance, if you run
+ TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
+ can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
+ *** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
+ All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
+ but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell.  Thus you can use
+ the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
+ *** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
+ the matching of braces and $'s.  The errors are listed in a *Occur*
+ buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
+ mismatch.
+ ** Changes to RefTeX mode
+ *** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
+ file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
+ *** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
+ lowercase by default.  To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
+ characters will lose their accent.  All Mule characters will be
+ removed from the label.
+ *** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
+ a window instead of the echo area.  See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
+ *** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files.  See the
+ customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
+ *** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
+ `reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
+ expressions.
+ *** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
+ ** New/deleted modes and packages
+ *** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
+ SNMPv2 MIBs.  It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
+ *** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
+ editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
+ SQL interpreters.  It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
+ *** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
+ changes with a special face.
+ *** ispell4.el has been deleted.  It got in the way of ispell.el and
+ this was hard to fix reliably.  It has long been obsolete -- use
+ Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
+ * MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
+ ** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
+ This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
+ conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
+ and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup.  For details,
+ check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
+ The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
+ Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
+ distribution when the config.bat script is run.
+ ** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
+ MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
+ controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
+ directly to a printer port.  Similarly, in the previous version of
+ Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
+ on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
+ string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
+ program is used.  (These changes were made so that configuration of
+ printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
+ ** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
+ output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
+ available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
+ input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
+ temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
+ program.
+ An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
+ and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware.  For both of these
+ programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
+ automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
+ as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
+ ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
+ ** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
+ a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
+ MS-DOS and MS-Windows only.  This has been true since version 20.3, but
+ was not documented clearly before.
+ ** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
+ This includes Tetris and Snake.
+ * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
+ ** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
+ return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
+ They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
+ meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
+ ** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
+ WILDCARD.  If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
+ and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
+ ** Changes in the file-attributes function.
+ *** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
+ It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
+ *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
+ the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
+ integers.
+ ** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
+ files in a directory and their attributes.  It accepts the same
+ arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
+ file names and attributes are returned.
+ ** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
+ sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes.  It
+ accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
+ It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
+ returns the result.
+ ** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
+ to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
+ ** New functions for base64 conversion:
+ The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
+ into the base64 code used in MIME.  base64-decode-region
+ performs the opposite conversion.  Line-breaking is supported
+ optionally.
+ Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
+ job on the text in a string.  They return the value as a new string.
+ **
+ The new function process-running-child-p
+ will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
+ terminal to its own child process.
+ ** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
+ when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
+ to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
+ itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
+ ** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
+ be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
+ ** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
+ :included is an alias for :visible.
+ easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
+ easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p.  This can be used
+ to move or copy menu entries.
+ ** Multibyte editing changes
+ *** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed.  Now, sref is
+ an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1.  This change is to
+ make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
+ work on the latest Emacs.  Such code uses a combination of sref and
+ char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
+       (setq char (sref str idx)
+             idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
+ The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
+ If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
+ (say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
+       (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
+ *** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
+ region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
+ deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
+     Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
+ This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
+ across the boundary.
+ *** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
+ `unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
+     o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
+       contains 8-bit characters.
+     o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
+       contains invalid characters.
+ *** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
+ text properties of the target region.  Ideally, they should correctly
+ preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard.  Removing
+ text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
+ way.
+ *** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
+ If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
+ end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
+ prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
+ *** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
+ compose Thai characters in a string.
+ ** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
+ argument NAME, which should be a string.  It supplies the menu name
+ for the created keymap.  Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
+ menus should always use the third argument.
+ ** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
+ read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped.  Now the second
+ arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  These functions use the current
+ input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
+ ** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
+ of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns.  This is useful in
+ programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
+ inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
+ ** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
+ the echo area, while executing some Lisp code.  Like `progn', it
+ returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
+ echo area contents.
+    (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
+ ** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
+ NOERROR.  If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
+ requested feature cannot be loaded.
+ ** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
+ foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
+ means to clear out that attribute.
+ ** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
+ gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
+ ** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
+ read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
+ unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
+ end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
+ ** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
+ the gap of the current buffer.
+ ** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
+ to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
+ current buffer.
+ ** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
+ facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
+ These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
+ it back in after any modifications have been made.
+ * Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
+ ** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
+ the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
+ /usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
+ directories themselves.  Both immediate subdirectories and
+ subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
+ Not all subdirectories are included, though.  Subdirectories whose
+ names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
+ Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded.  Also, a subdirectory
+ which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded.  You can use
+ these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
+ Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
+ starts up.  While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
+ time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
+ This feature is an incompatible change.  If you have stored some Emacs
+ Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
+ to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
+ subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
+ `.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
+ results.
+ ** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
+ GCC.  This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
+ that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
+ fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
+ * Changes in Emacs 20.3
+ ** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
+ including its argument.  If you repeat the z afterward,
+ it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
+ perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
+ ** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
+ specified region.  To do this, set point and mark around the desired
+ region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_).  You can then continue undoing
+ further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
+ command C-x u or C-_.  This will keep undoing changes that were made
+ within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
+ are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
+ region.
+ In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
+ selective undo.
+ ** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
+ unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
+ buffer.  Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
+ effect.  The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
+ Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
+ The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
+ though.  If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
+ -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.  That will force Emacs to
+ load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
+ ** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
+ no longer appears in the menu bar.  We've realized that changing the
+ enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
+ something that most users not do.
+ ** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
+ operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
+ The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
+ applications.
+ C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
+ pasting operations.
+ ** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
+ setting the variable `printer-name'.  Just what a printer name looks
+ like depends on your operating system.  You can specify a different
+ printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
+ `ps-printer-name'.
+ ** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
+ minor mode.  It is called M-x flyspell-mode.  You don't have to remember
+ any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
+ except when you make a spelling error.  Flyspell works by highlighting
+ incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
+ hits a new word.
+ Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
+ Ispell in Emacs.  In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
+ to be confused by TeX commands.
+ You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
+ correct.  You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
+ clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
+ of various alternative replacements and actions.
+ Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections.  M-TAB replaces
+ the current misspelled word with a possible correction.  If several
+ corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
+ alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
+ flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
+ Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
+ flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
+ ** Changes in input method usage.
+ Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
+ the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
+ respectively.
+ You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
+ If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
+ of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
+ The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
+ that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
+   If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
+   If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
+   If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
+   when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
+   If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
+   given in the following case:
+     o When you are using a complex input method.
+     o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
+ If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
+ input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
+ and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
+ setting it to t is helpful.
+ The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
+ In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
+ keys:
+       Shift-SPC       toggle-korean-input-method
+       C-F9            quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
+       F9              quail-hangul-switch-hanja
+ These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
+ environment.
+ ** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
+ names, not the entire minibuffer input.  For example, if the
+ minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
+ get
+      /usr/foo//etc/passwd
+ which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
+ Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
+ Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
+ ** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
+ at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
+ its owner and group.
+ ** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
+ Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
+ ** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
+ contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
+ ** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
+ which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
+ in all the lines on a rectangle.  The column is specified
+ by the left edge of the rectangle.
+ ** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
+ increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
+ C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG.  This is useful
+ for writing keyboard macros.
+ ** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
+ files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to.  The
+ frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
+ the frame that it was started from.  Some major modes define
+ additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
+ info.
+ ** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
+ ** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
+ query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
+ contents only.
+ ** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
+ confirmation before overwriting an existing file.  When you call
+ the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
+ says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
+ ** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
+ non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
+ literally.  If you say no, it signals an error.
+ ** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
+ now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
+ Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
+ inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
+ ** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
+ failure if the command produces no output.
+ ** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
+ manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
+ the mouse.
+ ** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
+ mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
+ function and variable names.
+ ** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
+ reading specific files.  This has higher priority than
+ file-coding-system-alist.
+ ** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
+ t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
+ converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
+ the current language environment.  As a result, they are displayed
+ according to the current fontset.
+ ** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
+ The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
+ that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
+ nonascii-insert-offset.
+ For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
+ enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
+ nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
+ characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
+ ** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
+ an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
+ ** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
+ letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
+ ** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
+ are inferred and hyperlinked.  Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
+ command keys.
+ ** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
+ user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
+ Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
+ user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
+ all variables that have documentation.
+ ** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
+ shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
+ that shows you overlap with the previous line of text.  The variable
+ minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
+ it should show; the default is 20.
+ Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
+ the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
+ of your input.
+ ** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
+ all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
+ recent Emacs versions.  You specify a previous Emacs version number as
+ argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
+ the customizable options which were changed since that version.
+ Newly added options are included as well.
+ If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
+ then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
+ for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
+ This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
+ Customize menu.
+ ** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
+ the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
+ ** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
+ buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
+ invoked.
+ ** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
+ that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
+ The default is 1.
+ ** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
+ syntax, not word syntax.  Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
+ new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
+ (C-x n d).  M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
+ sensibly.
+ ** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
+ ** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
+ value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
+ two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
+ ** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
+ reminder about upcoming diary entries.  See the documentation string
+ for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
+ every night.
+ ** Desktop changes
+ *** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
+ the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
+ *** Minor modes are now restored.  Which minor modes are restored
+ and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
+ ** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
+ read and post multi-lingual articles.
+ ** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
+ doing an isearch.  In order for this to happen search-invisible should
+ be set to open (the default).  If an isearch match is inside a hidden
+ outline the outline is made visible.  If you continue pressing C-s and
+ the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
+ made invisible again.
+ ** Mail reading and sending changes
+ *** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
+ the message before it lets you edit the message.  This is so that any
+ changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
+ toggle.
+ *** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
+ now works in the summary buffer as well.  (The command to delete the
+ summary buffer is now Q.)  The default file name for the w command, if
+ the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
+ rmail-default-body-file.
+ *** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
+ longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator.  Instead, they
+ handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
+ *** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
+ it should be an expression.  When you send a message, this expression
+ is evaluated to insert the signature.
+ *** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
+ outbound email messages.  It works in coordination with other email
+ handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
+ putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
+ transmission.  Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
+ especially interested in trying feedmail.
+ feedmail is not enabled by default.  See comments at the top of
+ feedmail.el for set-up instructions.  Among the bigger features
+ provided by feedmail are:
+ **** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
+ stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
+ there is also a queue for draft messages
+ **** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
+ be prompted for confirmation
+ **** does smart filling of address headers
+ **** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
+ the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
+ can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
+ **** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
+ the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
+ /usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
+ function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
+ ** Dired changes
+ *** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
+ files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
+ *** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el.  It allows one to easily
+ run Dired on the directory name at point.
+ *** Dired has a new command: %g.  It searches the contents of
+ files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
+ for a specified regexp.
+ ** VC Changes
+ *** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
+ conveniently.
+ *** VC Dired has been completely rewritten.  It is now much
+ faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
+ Dired.
+ VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
+ directory to display.  By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
+ listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
+ currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
+ You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
+ then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
+ vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
+ control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
+ on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
+ All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
+ is redefined as the version control prefix.  That means you may type
+ `v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
+ the file named in the current Dired buffer line.  `v v' invokes
+ `vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
+ The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
+ toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
+ VC files plus subdirectories).  There is also a special command,
+ `* l', to mark all files currently locked.
+ Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
+ ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
+ command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
+ *** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
+ file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
+ session to resolve them.
+ Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
+ resolve conflicts in a file at any time.  It works in any buffer that
+ contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
+ uses as well).
+ *** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
+ command vc-merge (C-x v m).  It is implemented for RCS and CVS.  When
+ you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
+ either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
+ branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
+ If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
+ using ediff.
+ ** Changes in Font Lock
+ *** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
+ are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
+ use for highlighting constants and labels.  (Its face properties are
+ unchanged.)  The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
+ compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
+ ** Frame name display changes
+ *** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
+ frame.  You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
+ raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
+ when many frames are invisible or iconified.
+ *** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
+ frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
+ menu.
+ ** Comint (subshell) changes
+ *** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
+ subjob now also kill pending input.  This is for compatibility
+ with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
+ *** There are new commands in Comint mode.
+ C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
+ that is, the line after the last line you got.
+ You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
+ C-c SPC accumulates lines of input.  More precisely, it arranges to
+ send the current line together with the following line, when you send
+ the following line.
+ C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
+ which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
+ previously sent input.
+ C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
+ it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
+ as the search string.
+ *** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
+ automatically in compilation-mode windows.
+ ** C mode changes
+ *** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
+ and as recognized syntax.  New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
+ assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
+ definition.
+ *** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
+ (i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
+ Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated.  "gnu"
+ style is still the default however.
+ *** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
+ *** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
+ are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
+ them.  They do not have key bindings by default.
+ *** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
+ and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
+ *** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
+ namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
+ *** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
+ makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
+ *** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
+ c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
+ *** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded.  You
+ should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
+ package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file.  A new
+ variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
+ ** Changes to hippie-expand.
+ *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
+ non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
+ which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
+ *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
+ non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
+ expanding dynamically.
+ *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
+ non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
+ *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
+ non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
+ this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
+ expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
+ *** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
+ ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
+ *** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
+ bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
+ automatic key generation.  This replaces variable
+ bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
+ against the first word in the title.
+ *** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
+ capitalized words.  To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
+ bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
+ lowerkey characters will still be ignored.  Thus, if you want to use
+ lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
+ bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
+ *** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
+ generation is more flexible.  Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
+ replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
+ bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
+ ** Changes in vcursor.el.
+ *** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
+ and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text.  A
+ variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
+ entered exactly as if typed.  Numerous functions, including
+ `vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
+ in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
+ *** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
+ Editing group once the package is loaded.
+ *** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
+ generally a bad side effect.  Use M-x customize to set
+ vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
+ *** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
+ vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
+ ** Ispell changes.
+ *** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
+ buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings.  Comments and strings
+ are identified by syntax tables in effect.
+ *** Generic region skipping implemented.
+ A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
+ and will not be checked.  The definitions of the regions can be user
+ defined.  New applications and improvements made available by this
+ include:
+     o URLs are automatically skipped
+     o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
+ *** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
+ ** Changes to RefTeX mode
+ RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
+ large projects (like a several volume math book).  The parser has been
+ re-written from scratch.  To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
+ section `Optimizations' in the manual.
+ *** New recursive parser.
+ The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
+ entire multifile document in order to parse the document.  The new
+ recursive parser scans the individual files.
+ *** Parsing only part of a document.
+ Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
+ partial scans.  To use this feature, read the documentation string of
+ the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
+     (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
+ *** Storing parsing information in a file.
+ This can improve startup times considerably.  To turn it on, use
+     (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
+ *** Using multiple selection buffers
+ If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
+ for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
+     (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
+ *** References to external documents.
+ The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
+ documents.  RefTeX can provide information about the external
+ documents as well.  To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
+ macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
+ RefTeX.  The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
+ the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
+ The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
+ *** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
+ The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
+ and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
+ Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
+ the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
+ *** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
+ The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
+ buffers.  See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
+ *** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
+ The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
+ contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
+ `reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'.  The selection processes
+ have a number of new keys predefined.  In particular, TAB lets you
+ enter a label with completion.  Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
+ at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
+ more.
+ *** Support for the varioref package
+ The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
+ *** New hooks
+ Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
+ and citations are created. These hooks are
+ `reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
+ `reftex-format-cite-function'.
+ *** Citations outside LaTeX
+ The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
+ a mail buffer).  See the Info documentation for details.
+ *** Short context is no longer fontified.
+ The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
+ fontification from the text in the buffer.  If you prefer it to be
+ fontified, use
+    (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
+ ** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
+ With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
+ the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
+ directories that contain the same file name.
+ Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
+ Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
+ file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
+ Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
+ have Makefile.  A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
+ names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
+ directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
+ directory.
+ ** New modes and packages
+ *** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
+ It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
+ it, but some do not.
+ *** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
+ code.
+ *** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
+ current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
+ around in a buffer.
+ Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
+ *** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees.  The author
+ uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
+ be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
+ established system of notation similar to Chess.
+ *** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
+ documentation string checking for style and spelling.  The style
+ guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
+ *** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
+ available in Emacs.  Some of these functions are wrappers around
+ system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
+ simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp.  There are also
+ functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
+ the like.
+ *** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
+ identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
+ *** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
+ within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
+ used in a considerable time.  To use this feature, customize
+ the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
+ *** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
+   apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
+   samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
+   fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
+   x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
+   hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
+   mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
+   javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
+   vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
+   java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
+   java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
+   mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
+   Platform-specific modes:
+   prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
+   pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
+   alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
+   inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
+   ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
+   reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
+   bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
+   rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
+   rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
+ * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
+ ** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
+ use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
+ That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
+ Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
+ Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
+ you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
+ consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
+ ** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
+ and using a default value if the key is not found there.  You can
+ specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
+ searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
+ ** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
+ multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
+ character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
+ environment.
+ ** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
+ take two optional arguments.  PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
+ string.  SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
+ current input method for reading this one event.
+ ** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
+ now control whether to output certain characters as
+ backslash-sequences.  print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
+ non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
+ characters.  Both of these variables are used only when printing
+ in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
+ * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
+ ** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
+ of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
+ ** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
+ in Emacs 19 and before.  This means that (forward-char 1)
+ always increases point by 1.
+ The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments.  It is
+ considered obsolete.  The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
+ See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
+ ** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
+ Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
+ default value changed.  For example,
+    (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
+      :type 'integer
+      :group 'foo
+      :version "20.3")
+    (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
+      :version "20.3")
+ If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
+ default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
+ is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
+ `:version' in the top level group.
+ This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
+ ** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
+ starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
+ However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
+ symbol itself, is not an error.  This is for the sake of programs that
+ support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
+ to themselves.
+ If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
+ this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
+ values whatever.
+ ** There is a new debugger command, R.
+ It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
+ in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
+ ** Frame-local variables.
+ You can now make a variable local to various frames.  To do this, call
+ the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
+ local bindings for that variable.
+ These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
+ frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
+ modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
+ parameter name.
+ Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
+ Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
+ active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
+ that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
+ It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
+ clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
+ very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
+ through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
+ ** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
+ "symbolic regular expressions."  These are Lisp expressions that, when
+ evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps.  The symbolic form
+ makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
+ See the documentation in sregex.el.
+ ** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
+ is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
+ parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
+ The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
+ ** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
+ If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
+ ** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
+ known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
+ define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
+ ** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
+ when the user enters empty input.  It now returns the null string, as
+ it did in Emacs 19.  The default value is made available in the
+ history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
+ The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
+ return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
+ empty input.
+ ** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
+ for selecting buffers.  For example, if you set this variable to
+ `iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
+ Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
+ `read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
+ ** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
+ echoing a period for each character typed.  It takes three arguments:
+ a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
+ default password to use if the user enters nothing.
+ ** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
+ specify not to break a line at certain places.  Its value is a
+ function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
+ place where a break is being considered.  If the function returns
+ non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
+ ** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
+ If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
+ up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
+ end of the window, even if this requires computation.
+ ** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
+ which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
+ If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
+ ** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
+ holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
+ was directed to display this buffer.
+ ** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
+ with `equal'.  Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
+ describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
+ other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
+ set-window-configuration.
+ ** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
+ window configurations loosely.  It ignores differences in saved buffer
+ positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
+ windows and the choice of buffers to display.
+ ** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
+ override the key bindings of a minor mode.  The elements of this alist
+ look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
+ If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
+ non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
+ map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
+ minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
+ and it is meant to be set by major modes.
+ ** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
+ except that it discards all text properties from the result.
+ ** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
+ USE-FLOATS.  If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
+ floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
+ ** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
+ to use for creating temporary files.  The default value is determined
+ in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
+ it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
+ ** Menu changes
+ *** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
+ keywords :visible and :filter.  The existing keyword :keys is now
+ better supported.
+ The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
+ a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
+ you define the menu.  The default is t.  If you rarely use menus, you
+ can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
+ then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
+ *** A new format for menu items is supported.
+ In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
+ defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
+ starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
+ The format is:
+  (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
+ where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
+ string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
+ The supported properties include
+ :enable FORM      Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
+                 item is enabled.
+ :visible FORM     Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
+                 item should appear in the menu.
+ :filter FILTER-FN
+                 FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
+                 which will be REAL-BINDING.
+                 It should return a binding to use instead.
+                 DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
+                   binding for REAL-BINDING.  DESCRIPTION is expanded with
+                   `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
+ :key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
+                 KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
+                   keyboard binding.
+ :key-sequence nil
+                 This means that the command normally has no
+                 keyboard equivalent.
+ :help HELP      HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
+ :button (TYPE . SELECTED)
+                 TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
+                 SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
+                 value says whether this button is currently selected.
+ Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
+ Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
+ (menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
+ ** New event types
+ *** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
+ mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse).  The event contains a delta that
+ corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
+ which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom.  The format is:
+   (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
+ where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
+ same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
+ indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated.  A
+ negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
+ the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
+ forward, away from the user.
+ As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
+ *** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
+ files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
+ and dropped onto an Emacs frame.  The event contains a list of
+ filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
+ loaded into Emacs.  The format is:
+   (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
+ where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
+ same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
+ that were dragged and dropped.
+ As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
+ ** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
+ *** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
+ any attempt to set it directly signals an error.  The only way
+ to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
+ *** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all".  You
+ can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
+ that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
+ *** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
+ in Emacs 19 and before.
+ The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
+ The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
+ *** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
+ buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
+ unibyte representation.  If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
+ representation.  Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
+ This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
+ as a sequence of bytes.  However, it does change the contents
+ viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
+ one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
+ will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
+ This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
+ representation is in use.  It also adjusts various data in the buffer
+ (including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
+ consistent with the new representation.
+ *** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
+ representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care
+ about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
+ however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
+ The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
+ nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
+ using the table nonascii-translation-table.
+ *** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
+ representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
+ representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
+ The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
+ loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
+ is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
+ *** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
+ which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
+ *** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
+ which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
+ *** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
+ portions of two strings.  Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
+ so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
+ You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
+ *** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
+ it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
+ *** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
+ convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
+ buffer or string being searched.
+ One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
+ [...] to match all non-ASCII characters.  This does still work when
+ searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
+ searching or matching a multibyte string.  Unfortunately, there is no
+ obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job.  But, what
+ you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
+ expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
+ *** Structure of coding system changed.
+ All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
+ by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
+ which defines the coding system.  Aliases share the same vector
+ as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
+ vector affects the principal name and its aliases.  You can define
+ your own alias name of a coding system by the function
+ define-coding-system-alias.
+ The coding system definition includes a property list of its own.  Use
+ the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
+ access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
+ pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
+ character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
+ safe-charsets.  For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
+ 'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
+ `iso-8859-1'.
+ Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
+ The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
+ coding system can correctly encode and decode.  For instance:
+ (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
+ Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
+ also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
+ are capable of that coding system.  Though, Emacs itself can encode
+ the other character sets and read it back correctly.
+ *** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
+ proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
+ This function requires a user interaction.
+ *** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
+ find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
+ select-safe-coding-system.  They return a list of all proper coding
+ systems to encode a text in some region or string.  If you don't want
+ a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
+ select-safe-coding-system.
+ *** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
+ decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
+ last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
+ was done.
+ *** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
+ used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
+ coding systems used by some specific language environment.
+ *** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
+ return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil.  Thus, if only ASCII
+ characters are found, they now return a list of single element
+ `undecided' or its subsidiaries.
+ *** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
+ coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
+ coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
+ converted.
+ *** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
+ coding system for communicating with other X clients.
+ *** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
+ character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
+ character sets or entire subrows of a character set.  In other words,
+ each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
+ either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
+ range of characters.
+ *** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
+ Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
+ *** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
+ in the current buffer at position POS.
+ *** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
+ input-method-function.  If this is non-nil, its value should be a
+ function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
+ character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
+ event as an argument.  Often this function will read more input, first
+ binding input-method-function to nil.
+ The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
+ method processing.  These events will be processed sequentially as
+ input, before resorting to unread-command-events.  Events returned by
+ the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
+ not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
+ The input method function is not called when reading the second and
+ subsequent events of a key sequence.
+ *** You can customize any language environment by using
+ set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
+ The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
+ customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook.  For
+ instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
+ environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
+ exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
+ * Changes in Emacs 20.1
+ ** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
+ options.  It is called M-x customize.  With this facility you can look
+ at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
+ tree structure.
+ M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
+ user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
+ With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
+ session or permanently.  (Permanent settings are stored automatically
+ in your .emacs file.)
+ ** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
+ You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
+ ** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
+ This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
+ ** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
+ immediately afterward.  At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
+ kills the region.
+ The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
+ delete the character before point, as usual.
+ ** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
+ on terminals which support this.  (You can disable this feature
+ by setting search-highlight to nil.)
+ ** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
+ insert the default value into the minibuffer as text.  In effect,
+ the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
+ onto the history "in the future".  (The more normal use of the
+ history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
+ past.)
+ ** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
+ This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
+ in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
+ TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
+ makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
+ As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
+ and is an alias for it.
+ If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
+ use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
+ ** Scrolling changes
+ *** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
+ position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
+ In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
+ on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
+ where it started.
+ *** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
+ move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
+ screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
+ does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
+ *** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
+ top or bottom of a window.  It is a number of screen lines; if point
+ comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
+ recenters the window.
+ ** International character set support (MULE)
+ Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
+ including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
+ Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
+ Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts.  These
+ features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
+ MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
+ Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
+ coding systems for storing files.  Emacs uses a single multibyte
+ character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
+ variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
+ into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
+ Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
+ generally don't have keys for all the characters in them.  So Emacs
+ supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
+ language, to make it possible to type them.
+ The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
+ character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
+ The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
+ to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
+ You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
+   (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
+ Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
+ characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
+ argument, AUTO.  This provides compatibility for people who are
+ already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
+ characters for their work until they want to change.
+ *** Input methods
+ An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
+ specifically for interactive input.  In Emacs, typically each language
+ has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
+ the same characters can share one input method).  Some languages
+ support several input methods.
+ The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
+ another alphabet.  This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
+ work.
+ A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
+ characters into one letter.  Many European input methods use
+ composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
+ consists of a letter followed by diacritics.  For example, a' is one
+ sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
+ letter.
+ The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
+ by conversion.  The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
+ First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
+ marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
+ mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
+ None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
+ they are handled specially.  First you input a whole word using
+ phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
+ converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
+ Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
+ word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
+ typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
+ the first guess is wrong.
+ *** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
+ turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
+ If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
+ byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
+ they did in Emacs 19.34.  This includes the features for support for
+ the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
+ However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
+ use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
+ includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
+ translate automatically to and from either one.
+ *** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
+ Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
+ file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
+ sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte.  This is probably not
+ what you want.
+ If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
+ example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
+ system when reading the file.  This coding system also turns off
+ multibyte characters in that buffer.
+ If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
+ character conversion as well.
+ *** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
+ A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
+ Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
+ requires using many fonts.
+ Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets".  Each fontset is a
+ collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
+ A fontset has a name, like a font.  Individual fonts are defined by
+ the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself.  But once you
+ have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
+ you would use a font.
+ If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
+ specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
+ display that character.  It will display an empty box instead.
+ The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
+ (that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
+ characters).
+ *** Defining fontsets.
+ Emacs does not use any fontset by default.  Its default font is still
+ chosen as in previous versions.  You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
+ with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
+ Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
+ of standard-fontset-spec.  This fontset's short name is
+ `fontset-standard'.  Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
+ standard fontset are created automatically.
+ If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
+ argument, a fontset is generated from it.  This works by replacing the
+ FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
+ with `*' then using this to specify a fontset.  This fontset's short
+ name is `fontset-startup'.
+ Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
+ The resource value should have this form:
+ FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
+       * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
+       * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
+       * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
+ The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
+ of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
+ CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
+ should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
+ Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
+ last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
+ You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
+ For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
+ font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME.  For instance, with the
+ following resource,
+       Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
+ the font for ASCII is generated as below:
+       -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
+ Here is the substitution rule:
+     Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
+     defined in the variable x-charset-registries.  For instance, ASCII has
+     the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable.  Then, reduce
+     sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
+     (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
+ The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
+ fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec.  You can also call
+ that function explicitly to create a fontset.
+ With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
+ like an actual font name.  But be careful not to specify a fontset
+ name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
+ fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
+ fontsets.
+ *** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
+ defaults for a particular choice of language.
+ Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
+ method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
+ visiting files.  However, it does not try to reread files you have
+ already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected.  The
+ language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
+ system for new files that you create.
+ It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
+ set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
+ whole Emacs session.
+ For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
+ chooses the Latin-1 character set.  In the .emacs file, you can do this
+ with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
+ *** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
+ specifies the file coding system for the current buffer.  This
+ specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
+ the file.  As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
+ coding systems that Emacs supports.
+ *** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
+ lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
+ This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
+ After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
+ is used for *the immediately following command*.
+ So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
+ write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
+ If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
+ then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
+ For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
+ visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
+ *** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
+ construct.  Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
+ to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM.  You can also
+ specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
+ of the file.
+ *** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
+ the coding system for terminal output.  If you specify a character
+ code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
+ translated into that character code.
+ This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
+ various countries to support the languages of those countries.
+ By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
+ *** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
+ the coding system for keyboard input.
+ Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
+ with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
+ some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
+ By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
+ Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
+ input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
+ translate into single characters.  However, input methods are designed
+ to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
+ designed to work with terminals.
+ *** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
+ specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
+ This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
+ has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
+ translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
+ in the corresponding buffer.
+ By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
+ *** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
+ to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
+ It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
+ *** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
+ an input method.  If no input method has been selected before, the
+ command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
+ want to use.
+ C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
+ method.  C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
+ *** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
+ layouts commonly used for particular scripts.  How to do this
+ remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout.  To specify
+ which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
+ *** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
+ the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
+ related information.
+ *** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
+ HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
+ scripts.
+ *** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
+ information about the support for a particular language.
+ You specify the language as an argument.
+ *** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
+ the coding system used in the visited file.  It normally follows the
+ first dash.
+ A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
+ (except CRLF => newline if appropriate).  `=' means no conversion
+ whatsoever.  The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
+ 1 through 9.  Other coding systems are represented by letters:
+     A alternativnyj (Russian)
+     B big5 (Chinese)
+     C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
+     C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
+     D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
+     E euc-japan (Japanese)
+     I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
+     J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv)  (Japanese)
+     K euc-korea (Korean)
+     R koi8 (Russian)
+     Q tibetan
+     S shift_jis (Japanese)
+     T lao
+     T tis620 (Thai)
+     V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
+     i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
+     k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
+     v viqr (Vietnamese)
+     z hz (Chinese)
+ When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
+ two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
+ coding system.  These two characters describe the coding system for
+ keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
+ *** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
+ conversion to use for RMAIL files.  The default value is nil.
+ When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
+ into Emacs' internal format.  This has nothing to do with
+ rmail-file-coding-system.  That variable controls reading and writing
+ Rmail files themselves.
+ *** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
+ conversion for outgoing mail.  The default value is nil.
+ Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
+ for sending mail:
+ - If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
+ - Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
+ - Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
+   if that is non-nil.  That comes from your language environment.
+ - Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
+ *** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
+ to specify the language for the tutorial file.  Currently, English,
+ Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported.  We welcome additional
+ translations.
+ ** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
+ of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally.  There is also a command
+ insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
+ without any conversion.
+ ** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
+ You can now specify any number of octal digits.
+ RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
+ any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
+ ** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
+ functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
+ Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
+ Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
+ Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
+ mode.  For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
+ ** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
+ complete-symbol.  This command performs completion on the symbol name
+ in the buffer before point.
+ With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
+ symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
+ you are using.
+ With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
+ just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
+ ** File locking works with NFS now.
+ The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
+ in the same directory as FILENAME.
+ This means that collision detection between two different machines now
+ works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
+ can become a bottleneck.
+ The new method does have drawbacks.  It means that collision detection
+ does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
+ create new files.  Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
+ file server does not support symbolic links.  But these conditions are
+ rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
+ so useful that the change is worth while.
+ When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
+ are stale.  So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
+ collisions.  When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
+ tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
+ ** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
+ it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el.  Instead you must call
+ show-paren-mode.
+ ** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
+ selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
+ delsel.el.  Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
+ ** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
+ within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
+ complete.el.  Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
+ ** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
+ it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el.  You must also
+ set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
+ ** Changes in View mode.
+ *** Several new commands are available in View mode.
+ Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
+ *** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
+ view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
+ *** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
+ previous state.
+ *** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
+ scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
+ *** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows.  If
+ non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
+ not just the selected window.
+ *** New customization variable view-read-only.  If non-nil, visiting a
+ read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
+ turns View mode on or off.
+ *** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
+ how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
+ delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
+ ** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
+ now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
+ ** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
+ has a new feature.  If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
+ presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
+ which version to compare with.
+ ** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
+ blocks if a match is inside the block.
+ The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
+ is outside the block.  By customizing the variable
+ isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
+ shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
+ By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
+ of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
+ blocks, all of them or none.
+ ** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
+ current buffer and deletes the selected window.  It asks for
+ confirmation first.
+ ** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
+ now changes the major mode according to that file name.
+ However, the mode will not be changed if
+ (1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
+ (2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
+     not suitable for ordinary files, or
+ (3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
+ This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
+ However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
+ these commands do not change the major mode.
+ ** M-x occur changes.
+ *** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
+ it performs a case-sensitive search.
+ *** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
+ if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
+ using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
+ ** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
+ in just one window at a time.  At first, it is highlighted in the
+ window where you set the mark.  The buffer's highlighting remains in
+ that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
+ buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
+ ** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
+ after the command finishes.  The message suggesting key bindings
+ appears temporarily in the echo area.  The previous echo area contents
+ come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
+ ** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
+ selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
+ buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
+ ** Outline mode changes.
+ *** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
+ *** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
+ ** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
+ you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
+ Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
+ was already active.
+ The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
+ unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
+ get confused by it.
+ If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
+ set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
+ ** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
+ *** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
+ conversion.  If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
+ character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
+ including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
+ The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
+ mixed case.  And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
+ copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
+ *** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
+ are no longer Lisp expressions.  They have simply three possible
+ values.
+ `dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
+ case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
+ `dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
+ case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
+ ** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
+ certain length.  The variable history-length specifies how long they
+ can be.  The default value is 30.
+ ** Changes in Mail mode.
+ *** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
+ Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
+ composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
+ `mail-user-agent'.  The default choice of user agent is
+ `sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
+ behavior.
+ C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
+ compose-mail-other-frame.
+ *** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
+ the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
+ replying to.  This copies the text which is the selected region in the
+ buffer that shows the original message.
+ *** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
+ with separator lines around the contents.
+ *** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
+ in suitable mail headers.  Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
+ definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc).  You do not
+ need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
+ *** New features in the mail-complete command.
+ **** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
+ for local users or if that is known.  The variable mail-complete-style
+ controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
+ Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
+ **** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
+ to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
+ /etc/passwd.
+ **** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
+ to get the list of user ids.  By default, one file is used:
+ /etc/passwd.
+ ** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
+ special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning.  Thus, if you have a
+ directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
+ reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
+ Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
+ when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
+ be taken to be magic.
+ ** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
+ files to search through, and grep to scan them.  The output is
+ available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
+ M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
+ (-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
+ ** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
+ suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
+ In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
+ new key               dired.el binding                old key
+ -------               ----------------                -------
+   * c         dired-change-marks              c
+   * m         dired-mark                      m
+   * *         dired-mark-executables          *  (binding deleted)
+   * /         dired-mark-directories          /  (binding deleted)
+   * @         dired-mark-symlinks             @  (binding deleted)
+   * u         dired-unmark                    u
+   * DEL               dired-unmark-backward           DEL
+   * ?         dired-unmark-all-files          C-M-?
+   * !         dired-unmark-all-marks
+   * %         dired-mark-files-regexp         % m
+   * C-n               dired-next-marked-file          M-}
+   * C-p               dired-prev-marked-file          M-{
+ ** Rmail changes.
+ *** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
+ saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
+ chosen to make a unique name.  This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
+ each time you run it.
+ *** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
+ whether to include the line count in the summary.  Non-nil means yes.
+ *** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
+ messages) now take repeat counts as arguments.  A negative argument
+ means to move in the opposite direction.
+ *** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
+ you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
+ *** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
+ just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
+ It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
+ can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
+ for output.
+ ** Gnus changes.
+ *** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
+ *** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
+ Gnus.
+ *** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
+ `and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
+ *** Article washing status can be displayed in the
+ article mode line.
+ *** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
+ *** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
+ (setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
+ *** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
+ are to be considered home score and adapt files.  See
+ `gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
+ *** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
+ *** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
+ *** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
+ See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
+ *** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
+ Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
+ used to pick articles.
+ *** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
+ another have been added.
+     `M-x gnus-change-server'
+ *** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
+ generating lines in buffers.
+ *** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
+ `C-M-_'.
+ *** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
+ *** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
+     (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
+ *** Scores can be decayed.
+     (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
+ *** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header.  The
+ Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
+ *** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
+ the native server.
+    `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
+ *** A new command for reading collections of documents
+ (nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
+ *** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
+ *** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
+ even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
+ *** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
+ (DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
+     Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
+     a group.
+ *** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
+ sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
+     See the commands under the `T S' submap.
+ *** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
+     See the commands under the `G P' submap.
+ *** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
+     Use the `Y c' command.
+ *** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
+ *** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
+     `M-x nnmail-split-history'
+ *** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
+ from incoming mail before saving the mail.
+     See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
+ *** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
+ *** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
+ the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
+       (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
+ Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
+ and show appropriate characters.  (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
+ from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
+ hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
+ this issue.)
+ Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
+ automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
+ particular news group.  This can be done by:
+       (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
+ Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
+ of newsgroups.  If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
+ "XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
+ system.  CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
+ for reading and posting).
+ CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
+ Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
+ newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
+ there.
+ Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
+ default.  Here are some of these default settings:
+       (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
+       (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
+       (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
+       (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
+       (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
+ When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
+ the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
+ ** CC mode changes.
+ *** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
+ code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
+ values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file.  To do
+ this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
+ Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
+ loaded.
+ If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
+ Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
+ style variables have buffer local values.  By default, all buffers
+ share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
+ c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file.  Note that you
+ must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
+ *** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
+ of the current buffer.
+ *** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
+ it is no longer necessary.  C mode now handles all the supported styles
+ of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
+ *** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
+ style that the Python developers like.
+ *** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
+ This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
+ just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
+ ** VC Changes [new]
+ *** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
+ name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
+ directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
+ This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
+ master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
+ developers.
+ You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
+ RET in a buffer visiting that file.
+ *** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
+ other developers.  Such files are made read-only by CVS.  To get a
+ writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file.  VC then
+ calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
+ *** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
+ version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
+ ** Calendar changes.
+ *** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
+ subclasses of holidays for ranges of years.  Related menu items allow
+ you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
+ following/previous years.
+ *** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system.  Use `pb' in
+ the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date.  The Baha'i
+ calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
+ each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year).  The
+ calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
+ supposed attribute of God.
+ ** ps-print changes
+ There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
+ layout.
+ *** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
+ Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
+ be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex.  If your
+ printer system has this behavior, set variable
+ `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
+ If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
+ blank page as the very first printed page.  So, it behaves as if the
+ very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
+ The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
+ setting duplex mode and page size.  Valid values are:
+  lpr-switches    duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
+                Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
+                printing for your printer.
+  setpagedevice   duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
+                setpagedevice PostScript operator.
+  nil             duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
+                the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
+ The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
+ opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other.  If
+ `ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
+ bindings on the left or right.  If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
+ ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
+ This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
+ The default value is nil.
+ The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
+ properties alist.  Valid frame properties are:
+   fore-color  Specify the foreground frame color.
+               Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
+               color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
+               color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
+               correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
+               float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
+               color).  The default is 0 ("black").
+   back-color  Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
+               The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
+   shadow-color        Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
+               The default is 0 ("black").
+   border-color        Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
+               The default is 0 ("black").
+   border-width        Specify the border width.
+               The default is 0.4.
+ Any other property is ignored.
+ Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
+ `ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
+ documentation).
+ Ps-print can also print footers.  The footer variables are:
+ `ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
+ `ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
+ `ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
+ `ps-footer-frame-alist'.  These variables are similar to those
+ controlling headers.
+ *** Color management (subgroup)
+ If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
+ color.
+ *** Face Management (subgroup)
+ If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
+ set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
+ background should be used.  Valid values are:
+  t            always use face background color.
+  nil          never use face background color.
+  (face...)    list of faces whose background color will be used.
+ *** N-up printing (subgroup)
+ The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
+ sheet of paper.
+ The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
+ between the sheet border and the n-up printing.
+ If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
+ each page.
+ The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
+ on each sheet of paper.  Following are the valid values for
+ `ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:
+    `left-top'   1  2  3  4         `left-bottom'    9  10 11 12
+               5  6  7  8                          5  6  7  8
+               9  10 11 12                         1  2  3  4
+    `right-top'  4  3  2  1         `right-bottom'   12 11 10 9
+               8  7  6  5                          8  7  6  5
+               12 11 10 9                          4  3  2  1
+    `top-left'   1  4  7  10        `bottom-left'    3  6  9  12
+               2  5  8  11                         2  5  8  11
+               3  6  9  12                         1  4  7  10
+    `top-right'  10 7  4  1         `bottom-right'   12 9  6  3
+               11 8  5  2                          11 8  5  2
+               12 9  6  3                          10 7  4  1
+ Any other value is treated as `left-top'.
+ *** Zebra stripes (subgroup)
+ The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
+ RGB color.
+ The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
+ continue on next page.  Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
+ to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):
+                  `nil'        `follow'        `full'        `full-follow'
+    Current Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
+               1  XXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXX +   1  XXXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               2  XXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXX +   2  XXXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               3  XXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXX +   3  XXXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               4        +   4           +   4         +   4                +
+               5        +   5           +   5         +   5                +
+               6        +   6           +   6         +   6                +
+               7  XXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXX +   7  XXXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               8  XXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXX +   8  XXXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               9  XXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXX +   9  XXXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               10       +   10          +
+               11       +   11          +
+               --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
+       Next Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
+               12 XXXXX +   12          +   10 XXXXXX +   10               +
+               13 XXXXX +   13 XXXXXXXX +   11 XXXXXX +   11               +
+               14 XXXXX +   14 XXXXXXXX +   12 XXXXXX +   12               +
+               15       +   15 XXXXXXXX +   13        +   13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               16       +   16          +   14        +   14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               17       +   17          +   15        +   15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+               18 XXXXX +   18          +   16 XXXXXX +   16               +
+               19 XXXXX +   19 XXXXXXXX +   17 XXXXXX +   17               +
+               20 XXXXX +   20 XXXXXXXX +   18 XXXXXX +   18               +
+               21       +   21 XXXXXXXX +
+               22       +   22          +
+               --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
+ Any other value is treated as `nil'.
+ *** Printer management (subgroup)
+ The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
+ some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
+ `ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string.  If you're using the lpr
+ utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
+ to "-P".
+ The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
+ paper feeding.  If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place.  If it's
+ non-nil, manual feeding takes place.
+ The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
+ should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript.  Non-nil means
+ do so.
+ *** Page settings (subgroup)
+ If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
+ error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
+ indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
+ instead.  If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
+ the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
+ by `ps-paper-type'.  This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
+ `setpagedevice'.
+ The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
+ printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
+ `upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).
+ The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print.  If
+ it's nil, all pages are printed.  If it's a list, list elements may be
+ integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
+ specifying to print from page FROM to TO.  Invalid list elements, that
+ is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
+ its TO, are ignored.
+ The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
+ pages.  Valid values are:
+    nil                print all pages.
+    `even-page'        print only even pages.
+    `odd-page' print only odd pages.
+    `even-sheet'       print only even sheets.
+               That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
+               `even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
+               print only the even sheet of paper.
+    `odd-sheet'        print only odd sheets.
+               That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
+               `odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
+               only the odd sheet of paper.
+ Any other value is treated as nil.
+ If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
+ are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
+ `ps-even-or-odd-pages'.  For example, if we have:
+    (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))
+ and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
+ `ps-n-up-printing', we get:
+ `ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
+    `ps-even-or-odd-pages'     PAGES PRINTED
+       nil                     1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
+       even-page               4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
+       odd-page                1, 7, 9, 13, 15
+       even-sheet              4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
+       odd-sheet               1, 7, 9, 13, 15
+ `ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
+    `ps-even-or-odd-pages'     PAGES PRINTED
+       nil                     1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
+       even-page               4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
+       odd-page                1/7, 9/13, 15
+       even-sheet              6/7, 10/12, 15/16
+       odd-sheet               1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20
+ *** Miscellany (subgroup)
+ The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
+ messages should be sent.
+ It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
+ front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
+ `ps-user-defined-prologue'.
+ The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.
+ The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
+ points for line numbers.
+ The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
+ numbers.  See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.
+ The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
+ line numbers are printed.  For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
+ to 2, the printing will look like:
+    1 one line
+      one line
+    3 one line
+      one line
+    5 one line
+      one line
+      ...
+ Valid values are:
+ integer               an integer specifying the interval in which line 
numbers are
+               printed.  If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
+               is used.
+ `zebra'               specifies that only the line number of the first line 
in a
+               zebra stripe is to be printed.
+ Any other value is treated as `zebra'.
+ The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
+ the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'.  For example, if
+ `ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
+ 3, the output will look like:
+      one line
+      one line
+    3 one line
+      one line
+      one line
+    6 one line
+      one line
+      one line
+    9 one line
+      one line
+      ...
+ The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
+ where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.
+ The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
+ for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
+ `ps-font-size').
+ The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
+ in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
+ `ps-font-size').
+ The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
+ The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
+ start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
+ ** hideshow changes.
+ *** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
+ C++, ; for lisp).
+ *** Support for java-mode added.
+ *** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
+ in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
+ *** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
+ the beginning of the files.  Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
+ way!  This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
+ *** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
+ robust and a lot faster.
+ *** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
+ *** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
+ to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden.  See the
+ documentation for more details.
+ ** Changes in Enriched mode.
+ *** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
+ filled to the current fill-column.  This behavior is now independent
+ of the size of the window.  When you save the file, the fill-column in
+ use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
+ the next time unless the fill-column is different.
+ *** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode.  When it is enabled, Emacs
+ distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
+ as paragraph boundaries.  Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
+ as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
+ ** Font Lock mode
+ *** Custom support
+ The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
+ font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
+ faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
+ group font-lock-highlighting-faces.  If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
+ your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value.  However, you 
+ consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
+ You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
+ *** Maximum decoration
+ Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
+ default.  Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
+ of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
+ supported.  You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
+ to get the old behavior.
+ *** New support
+ Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
+ Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
+ support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
+ *** Configurable support
+ Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
+ additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
+ c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
+ java-font-lock-extra-types.  These value of each of these variables should be 
+ list of regexps matching the extra type names.  For example, the default value
+ of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows 
+ convention that C type names end in _t.  This results in slower fontification.
+ Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
+ way you wish, typically by adding regexps.  However, these new variables make
+ it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
+ *** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
+ You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
+ highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
+ for any mode.
+ For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
+  (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
+ in your ~/.emacs.
+ *** New faces
+ Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
+ font-lock-warning-face.  These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
+ distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
+ to user attention, respectively.  Various modes now use these new faces.
+ *** Changes to fast-lock support mode
+ The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
+ cache files silently.  You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
+ same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
+ *** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
+ The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
+ according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines.  You can use
+ the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature.  If
+ non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
+ refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time.  If nil, then 
+ the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
+ Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.
+ This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
+ For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
+ this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
+ refontified to reflect their new syntactic context.  Previously, only the line
+ containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to 
+ the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
+ As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
+ Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
+ Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
+ Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
+ new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
+ If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
+ settings.
+ ** Ada mode changes.
+ *** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
+ If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
+ procedure (modulo overloading).  If a spec has no body file yet, but
+ you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
+ stubs.
+ *** There are two new commands:
+  - `ada-make-local'   : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
+  - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
+ The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
+ `ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
+ `ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
+ *** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode.  The outline level
+ is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
+ Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
+ *** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
+ formatting used in GNAT.  It places two blanks after a comment start,
+ places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
+ space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
+ ** Scheme mode changes.
+ *** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
+ mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
+ for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'.  The variables
+ with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
+ have any effect.
+ If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
+ still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
+ scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
+ variables as buffer-local variables.
+ *** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
+ Use M-x dsssl-mode.
+ ** Changes to the emacsclient program
+ *** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
+ USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
+ associated with the name.  That is an emacsclient running as root
+ can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
+ *** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
+ it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
+ buffer in Emacs.
+ *** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
+ use if Emacs is not running.  The environment variable
+ ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
+ option takes precedence.
+ ** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
+ constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
+ (in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
+ ** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
+ which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
+ the current defun.
+ ** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
+ following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
+ ** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
+ and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
+ necessary).
+ ** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
+ if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
+ these register values no longer become completely useless.
+ If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
+ asked whether to visit the file again.  If you say yes,
+ it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
+ ** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
+ example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
+ be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
+ you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
+ You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
+ variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions.  If a
+ file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
+ revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
+ only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
+ ** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
+ since it applies only to the current frame.
+ ** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
+ file for tex-file to run TeX on.  (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
+ and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
+ This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
+ multiple files.  In each of the included files, you can set up a local
+ variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
+ tex-main-file.  Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
+ instead of just the file you are editing.
+ ** RefTeX mode
+ RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
+ and \cite macros in LaTeX documents.  RefTeX distinguishes labels of
+ different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
+ multifile documents.  To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
+ turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode.  Here are the main user commands:
+ C-c (    reftex-label
+    Creates a label semi-automatically.  RefTeX is context sensitive and
+    knows which kind of label is needed.
+ C-c )    reftex-reference
+    Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
+    label definition.  The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
+ C-c [    reftex-citation
+    Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
+    database entries.  The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
+ C-c &    reftex-view-crossref
+    Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
+ C-c =    reftex-toc
+    Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document.  From there you
+    can quickly jump to every section.
+ Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
+ commands.  Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
+ Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
+ reftex.el.  You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
+ C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
+ ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
+ *** Info documentation is now available.
+ *** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore.  This confused
+ both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
+ *** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
+ bibtex-user-optional-fields.
+ *** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
+ (use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
+ *** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
+ entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
+ appropriate functions.
+ *** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
+ entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
+ *** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
+ been cleaned.
+ *** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
+ bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
+ *** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
+ shall be delimited.
+ *** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
+ bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
+ bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
+ *** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
+ field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
+ prefixed with `ALT'.
+ *** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
+ bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
+ formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
+ documentation).
+ *** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
+ documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
+ for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
+ *** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
+ comma should be inserted at end of last field.
+ *** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
+ alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
+ signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
+ *** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
+ *** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
+ *** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
+ from alien sources.
+ *** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
+ to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
+ crossref entries.
+ *** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
+ region.
+ *** Added support for imenu.
+ *** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
+ of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
+ `compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
+ `next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
+ *** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
+ from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
+ ** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
+ ** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
+ ** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
+ functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
+ Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
+ as an argument.
+ When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
+ and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
+ ** browse-url changes
+ *** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
+ Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
+ (browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
+ non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
+ customization variables.
+ *** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
+ *** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
+ lines.  Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
+ (e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
+ ** Changes in Ediff
+ *** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
+ pops up the Info file for this command.
+ *** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
+ the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
+ merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
+ directories).
+ *** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
+ and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
+ files in the same directory.
+ *** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
+ The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format.  (The bug
+ related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
+ ** Changes in Viper
+ *** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
+ *** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
+     instead of vip-.
+ *** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
+ *** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
+ Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
+ *** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
+ *** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
+ *** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
+ color when Viper is in insert state.
+ *** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
+ Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
+ viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
+ ** Etags changes.
+ *** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
+ default.  The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
+ Use --no-globals to turn this feature off.  Etags can also tag
+ variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
+ not by default.  Use --members to turn this feature on.
+ *** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
+ *** Java is tagged like C++.  In addition, "extends" and "implements"
+ constructs are tagged.  Files are recognised by the extension .java.
+ *** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript.  Files are
+ recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
+ In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
+ *** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code.  The usual C and
+ C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
+ recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
+ methods and protocols.
+ *** Etags also handles Cobol.  Files are recognised by the extension
+ .cobol.  The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
+ column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
+ paragraph name.
+ *** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep.  The syntax of
+ an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
+ at least M times and as many as N times.
+ ** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
+ in files has changed slightly.
+ With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
+ time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
+ This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
+ with old time-stamp-format values.
+ In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
+ (`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
+ This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
+ reasons.
+ In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
+ natural width.  (With format-time-string, each format has a
+ fixed-width default.)  In this version, you can specify the colon
+ (`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
+ time-stamp-format width default."  Do not use colon if you are
+ specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
+ Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
+ case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year.  Digit
+ truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
+ The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs.  New formats are
+ being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
+ future to be compatible with format-time-string.  The new forms being
+ recommended now will continue to work then.
+ See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
+ details.
+ ** There are some additional major modes:
+ dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
+ m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
+ meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
+ ** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
+ copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
+ into Emacs.
+ ** New Lisp packages include:
+ *** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
+ *** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
+ be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
+ *** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
+ *** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
+ in shell buffers.
+ *** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
+ See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
+ and `elint-defun'.
+ *** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
+ meant for programming constructs.  These abbrevs expand like ordinary
+ ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
+ strings or comments.
+ These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
+ abbrev for insertion of additional text.  Once you expand the abbrev,
+ you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
+ insertion points.  Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
+ at these points.
+ *** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
+ can visit them by short forms of their names.
+ *** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
+ Emacs Lisp function at point.
+ *** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
+ *** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
+ switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
+ *** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
+ *** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
+ *** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
+ *** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
+ from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
+ *** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
+ You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
+ inserted at point.  M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
+ original place after inserting the copy.
+ *** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
+ on the buffer.
+ You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
+ velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
+ (with mouse-drag-drag).  Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
+ Enable mouse-drag with:
+     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
+ -or-
+     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
+ *** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
+ mail waiting to be read in them.  It works with procmail.
+ *** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
+ It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
+ *** ogonek
+ The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
+ Polish diacritic characters in buffers.  Codings known from various
+ platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
+ TeX.  For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
+ ISO8859-2.  Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
+ prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
+ instance) and vice versa.
+ To use this package load it using
+     M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
+ Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
+     M-x ogonek-jak        -- in Polish
+     M-x ogonek-how        -- in English
+ The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
+ ways of customization in `.emacs'.
+ *** Interface to ph.
+ Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
+ The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
+ services about people.  ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
+ these servers.
+ *** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
+ *** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
+ You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
+ while the real cursor does not move.
+ *** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
+ for visiting your favorite web sites.
+ *** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
+ so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
+ ** movemail change
+ Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
+ mail retrieval to function properly.  This is because it no longer
+ supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
+ user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
+ This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
+ * Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+ ** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
+ Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
+ end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
+ Macintosh).  Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
+ file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
+ file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
+ To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
+ C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
+ coding system for the buffer.  Then, when you save the file, the newly
+ specified coding system will take effect.  For example, to save with
+ LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
+ save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
+ * Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
+ ** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
+ Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19.  And
+ vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
+ Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
+ ** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
+ to start with w32- instead of win32-.
+ In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise.  We
+ don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
+ "win".
+ ** Basic Lisp changes
+ *** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
+ evaluates to itself.  Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
+ *** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed.  It should now
+ be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
+ or by the user.
+ The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
+ *** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
+ (when CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
+ (unless CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
+ *** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
+ usual Lisp meanings.  For example, caar returns the car of the car of
+ its argument.
+ *** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
+ *** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
+ *** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
+ *** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
+ error if the integer is not a valid character code.  These primitives
+ include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
+ `format' function.
+ *** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
+ or .elc, to the file name.  Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
+ whose name is just foo.  It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
+ *** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
+ either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
+ adding one of these suffixes.
+ *** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
+ which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
+ If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
+ We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
+ because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
+ *** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
+ *** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
+ You must load the `cl' library to define it.
+ *** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
+ conveniently with a different current buffer.  It looks like this:
+   (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
+ BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
+ BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
+ *** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
+ choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
+ restoring the value of point or the mark.  `with-current-buffer'
+ works using `save-current-buffer'.
+ *** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
+ write the output to a specified file.  Like `progn', it returns the value
+ of the last form.
+ *** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
+ which is discarded after use.  Like `progn', it returns the value of the
+ last form.  If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
+ as the last form.
+ *** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
+ characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
+ matches.
+ For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
+ *** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
+ with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
+ Then it returns that string.
+ For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
+ (with-output-to-string
+   (princ "The buffer is ")
+   (princ (buffer-name)))
+ returns "The buffer is foo".
+ ** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
+ is non-nil.
+ These characters have character codes above 256.  When inserted in the
+ buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
+ characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
+ *** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
+ a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
+ Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
+ character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
+ Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
+ position by 2, 3 or 4.  The function forward-char moves by whole
+ characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
+   (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
+ ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
+ Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
+ non-ASCII characters.  These sequences are called "multibyte
+ characters".
+ The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
+ through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237).  These values are called
+ "leading codes".  The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
+ range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377).  The first byte, the
+ leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
+ *** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
+ (forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
+ multibyte character.  Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
+ character, which may be more than one buffer position.
+ This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
+ always one buffer position, need to be changed.
+ However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
+ *** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
+ because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
+ have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377.  However,
+ the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
+ guaranteed.
+ *** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
+ between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
+ character).
+ When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
+  0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
+  1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
+  2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
+  3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
+  4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
+ *** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
+ *** Strings can contain multibyte characters.  The function
+ `length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
+ more than the number of characters.
+ You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
+ it literally.  You can also represent it with a hex escape,
+ \xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary.  Any character which
+ is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct.  If you want to
+ follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
+ newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
+ *** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
+ and returns a string containing those characters.
+ *** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
+ (sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX.  INDEX
+ counts from zero.  If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
+ character, sref signals an error.
+ *** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
+ in a string.  This is less than the length of the string, if the
+ string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
+ *** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
+ in a region from BEG to END.  This is less than (- END BEG) if the
+ region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
+ *** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
+ the characters in it.  string-to-vector converts a string
+ to a vector of the characters in it.
+ *** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
+ of a string.  You call it as follows:
+    (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
+ This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
+ STRING.  OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
+ This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
+ Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
+ it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
+ *** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
+ if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
+ *** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
+ if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
+ *** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
+ to fit within a certain number of columns.  (Of course, it does
+ not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
+ which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
+ (truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
+ This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
+ The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
+ If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
+ are not included in the resulting value.
+ The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
+ at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
+ WIDTH columns.  If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
+ is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
+ If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
+ place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
+ character extends across that column), then the padding character
+ PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
+ string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
+ column START-COLUMN.
+ *** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
+ the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
+ necessarily the number of characters.  It is, in effect, the
+ difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
+ changed text, before the change.
+ *** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
+ sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol.  In general there is
+ one character set for each script, not for each language.
+ **** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
+ **** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
+ **** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
+ set that the character belongs to.  (The value is a symbol.)
+ **** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
+ name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
+ which identify the character within that character set.
+ **** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
+ byte-values, constructs a character code.  This is roughly the
+ opposite of split-char.
+ **** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
+ of all the characters between BEG and END.
+ **** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
+ of all the characters in a string.
+ *** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
+ and specifying coding systems.
+ **** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
+ system names (symbols).  With optional argument t, it returns a list
+ of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
+ (Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
+ and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
+ as what to do about code conversion.)
+ **** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
+ name.  It returns t if so, nil if not.
+ **** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
+ for certain file names.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
+ except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
+ Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
+ which file names the element applies to.  PATTERN should be a regexp
+ to match against a file name.
+ VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
+ a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
+ decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
+ to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
+ systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
+ specifies the coding system for encoding.
+ If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
+ or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
+ **** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
+ the coding system to use for network sockets.
+ Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
+ which network sockets the element applies to.  PATTERN should be
+ either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
+ service names.
+ VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
+ a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
+ decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
+ to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
+ systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
+ specifies the coding system for encoding.
+ If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
+ or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
+ **** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
+ for certain subprocess.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
+ except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
+ start the subprocess.
+ **** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
+ systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
+ when nothing else specifies what to do.  The value is a cons cell
+ to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
+ **** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
+ coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
+ subprocess.
+ It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
+ but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
+ start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
+ connection permanently or until overridden.
+ The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
+ file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
+ network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
+ coding system for output.  But most of the time this variable is nil.
+ It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
+ system for one operation at a time.
+ **** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
+ files, subprocesses or network connections.
+ **** The function process-coding-system tells you what
+ coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
+ The value is a cons cell,
+ where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
+ the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
+ input to the subprocess.
+ **** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
+ change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
+ ** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
+ customization options.  To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
+ you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
+ You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
+ variable.  The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
+ information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
+ legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
+ customization.
+ Thus, instead of writing
+     (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
+       "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
+ you would now write this:
+     (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
+       "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
+       :type 'boolean
+       :group foo)
+ The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
+ two meaningful states: nil and non-nil.  Other type values
+ describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
+ for a description of them.
+ The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
+ should belong to.  You define a new group like this:
+     (defgroup ispell nil
+       "Spell checking using Ispell."
+       :group 'processes)
+ The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group.  The root
+ group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
+ but only other groups.  The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
+ to the keywords used by C-h p.  Under these subgroups come
+ second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
+ Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups.  A simple
+ package should have just one group; a more complex package should
+ have a hierarchy of its own groups.  The sole or root group of a
+ package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
+ first-level subgroups.
+ ** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
+ This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
+ separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
+ ** easy-mmode
+ The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
+ developing minor modes easier.  Roughly, the programmer has to code
+ only the functionality of the minor mode.  All the rest--toggles,
+ predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
+ `easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation).  See also
+ `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
+ ** Text property changes
+ *** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
+ text property.
+ *** The new functions next-char-property-change and
+ previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
+ place where either a text property or an overlay might change.  The
+ functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT.  POSITION is the
+ starting position for the scan.  LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
+ If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT.  If
+ LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
+ of the buffer.  If no property change is found, the value is the
+ position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
+ *** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
+ value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap.  This
+ is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
+ ** Changes in invisibility features
+ *** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
+ hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
+ is inside that portion of the buffer.  To enable this the overlay
+ should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
+ would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
+ make the overlay visible.
+ During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
+ invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
+ needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
+ which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
+ the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
+ t when it should hide it.
+ *** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
+ Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
+ invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
+ and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
+ Use  `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
+ manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
+ Here is an example of how to do this:
+  ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
+  (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
+  ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
+  (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
+   ...
+  (overlay-put  (make-overlay beginning end)  'invisible 'my-symbol)
+  ...
+  ;; When done with the overlays:
+  (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
+  ;; Or respectively:
+  (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
+ ** Changes in syntax parsing.
+ *** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
+ `parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
+ obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
+ `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
+ If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
+ is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
+ used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
+ When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
+ character in the buffer is calculated thus:
+       a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
+          is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
+          Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
+          syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
+          a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
+       b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
+          is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
+          (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
+          determine the syntax type of the character.
+       c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
+          of the current buffer.
+ *** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
+ value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'.  The details are the same as
+ for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
+ *** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
+ and 15).  A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
+ only by another character with the same code (unless quoted).  A
+ character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
+ another character with the same code (unless quoted).
+ These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
+ text property.
+ *** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
+ arg COMMENTSTOP.  If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
+ of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
+ *** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
+ (and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
+ element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
+ nil if none.  The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
+ string/comment is started by a "!"  or "|" syntax-code.
+ *** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
+ syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
+ `font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
+ ** Changes in face features
+ *** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
+ if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
+ *** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
+ of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
+ *** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
+ set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
+ *** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
+ set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
+ *** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
+ by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
+ and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
+ the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
+ overlay property).
+ This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
+ arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
+ ** Changes in file-handling functions
+ *** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
+ directory name from the beginning of the file name.  In other words,
+ they no longer do anything special with // or /~.  That conversion
+ is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
+ This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
+ begins with ~.
+ *** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
+ it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
+ *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
+ the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
+ *** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
+ as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
+ *** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
+ character code conversion as well as other things.
+ Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
+ (formerly it did not).
+ *** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
+ environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
+ *** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
+ instead of constant strings.
+ *** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially.  It used
+ to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
+ any `//' or `/~' sequence.  Now it passes them straight through.
+ substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
+ in the same way as before.
+ *** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
+ The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
+ which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
+ *** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
+ error if that fails.  If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
+ else, and returns nil.
+ *** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
+ directory cannot be listed.
+ ** Changes in minibuffer input
+ *** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
+ read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
+ additional argument which specifies the default value.  If this
+ argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
+ ways:
+   It is returned if the user enters empty input.
+   It is available through the history command M-n.
+ *** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
+ read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
+ argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  If this is non-nil, then the
+ minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
+ enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
+ In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
+ argument in this way.
+ *** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
+ from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
+ minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
+ ** Echo area features
+ *** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
+ echo-area-clear-hook.  Note that the echo area can be used while the
+ minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
+ after the echo area is cleared.
+ *** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
+ in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
+ ** Keyboard input features
+ *** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
+ set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
+ *** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
+ received so far from the terminal.  It does not count those generated
+ by keyboard macros.
+ ** Frame-related changes
+ *** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
+ creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
+ hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
+ *** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
+ the window configuration has changed.  The frame whose configuration
+ has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
+ *** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
+ selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
+ value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
+ in the selected frame.
+ *** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
+ is now `left', `right' or nil.  A non-nil value specifies
+ which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
+ ** X Windows features
+ *** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
+ x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource.  The usual value of
+ x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
+ *** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
+ The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
+ *** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
+ MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
+ A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
+ If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
+ it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
+ ** Subprocess features
+ *** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
+ functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
+ automatically.
+ *** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
+ and returns the output from the command as a string.
+ *** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
+ and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
+ ** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
+ does clear the variable to nil.  The documentation was wrong before.
+ ** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
+ at the end of the keymap.  If the keymap is a menu, this means it
+ goes after the other menu items.
+ ** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
+ of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
+ around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
+ are in use.
+ The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
+ series of several changes--if that seems safe.
+ Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
+ after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
+ form.
+ ** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
+ is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
+ but its hook is still run.
+ ** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
+ for errors that are handled by condition-case.
+ If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
+ regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition.  This is
+ useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
+ This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways.  Errors that
+ are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
+ filters, will instead invoke the debugger.  So don't say you weren't
+ warned.
+ ** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
+ way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
+ ** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
+ integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
+ functions like display-time.
+ ** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
+ name of a Lisp library.  This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
+ ** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
+ can be used from Lisp.  Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
+ is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
+ ** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
+ if there is an error in compilation.
+ ** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
+ switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
+ argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer.  If it is non-nil,
+ they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
+ ** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
+ Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
+ the *scratch* buffer.
+ ** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
+ The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN.  This function can be used
+ where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
+ e.g., in Font Lock mode.
+ ** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
+ and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
+ It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
+ ** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
+ using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
+ variable mail-user-agent).  It has variants compose-mail-other-window
+ and compose-mail-other-frame.
+ ** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
+ can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name).  The
+ full name of the specified user will be returned.
+ ** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
+ of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
+ where to find it.  They should load the profile of the user name found
+ in that variable.  If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
+ option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
+ files at all.
+ ** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
+ and type of padding.  This works as in printf: you write the field
+ width as digits in the middle of a %-construct.  If you start
+ the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
+ For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
+ minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
+ with spaces to 3 positions.  Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
+ is how %S normally pads to two positions.
+ ** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
+ ** imenu.el changes.
+ You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
+ item from menu created by imenu.
+ An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
+ #include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
+ select one of those items.
+ * For older news, see the file ONEWS
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Copyright information:
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+    Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
+    of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
+    copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
+    thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
+    Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
+    of this document, or of portions of it,
+    under the above conditions, provided also that they
+    carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
+ Local variables:
+ mode: outline
+ paragraph-separate: "[        ]*$"
+ end:
+ arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793

reply via email to

[Prev in Thread] Current Thread [Next in Thread]